PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA 2010 by abraham tabilog

2010

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

2010 ni

Kabayan Si-Alfonso Datu-aca Tabilog

Panalangin Ama kong , marami pong salamat sa mga pagpapala mo sa amin na nakikita at sa mga pagpapala mo sa amin na hindi nakikita. Maraming salamat Ama kong sa mga sandaling ito na niloob mo na makapanalangin ako sa iyo kasama ang mga hirang mong tinawag sa iyong Banal na Pangalan na mga kapatid ko na makakabasa nito at buksan mo Amang ang bawat isa na maunawaan ang Banal Mong Espiritu na iyong ipinadadala sa pamamagitan ng Pangalang YAHSHUâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;A , na siyang Banal na Espiritung iyan ang siyang magtuturo sa bawat isa nang mga katotohanan at magpapa-alala sa amin sa mga itinuro ni Yahshuâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;a Messiah na ninais na malaman at marinig ng mga naunang mga Propeta at mga Hari, ngunit niloob mo na kami sa huling panahong ito ang nauna mo pang binuksan upang maka-alam at maka-unawa ng mga tagubilin mo sa mga sinulat ni Propeta Moses at iba pang mga Propeta. Dahilan sa kapangyarihan ng iyong Banal na Pangalang ay binuksan mo kami na makaunawa at dahilan din sa iyong Banal na Pangalang ay makatupad at makasunod kami sa iyong ipinaunawa at mga tagubilin sa amin. Alang-alang sa pangalan ng aming Tagapagligtas at dakilang High Priest na si YAHSHUâ&#x20AC;&#x2122;A Messiah hinihiling namin ito sa iyo Ama kong Hallal-YAH.

ang pagkakasulat sa Dead Sea Scroll ng Pangalan ni YAHWEH

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

TALAAN NG MGA NILALAMAN

pahina

Paunang Salita

How Yeshua Become Jesus

Ang Tamang Pagbasa Ng Biblia

Saan Galing Ang Biblia

Saan Galing Ang Old Testament

Saan Galing Ang New Testament

Mula Sa Pahina 24

Sabwatan Sa Golgotha

Salamat Sa Pinagkunan Ng Mga Saliksik

Pundasyon Ng Pananampalataya Kay YAHWEH

PAUNANG SALITA Jeremiah 6:16 Thus saith , Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls. But they said, We will not walk therein.

Pangalan ng Ama sa Langit ay YAHWEH na Nakasulat sa Letrang Lumang Paleo-Hebreo ng 6,823 ulit sa Lumang Tipan pa lamang, ito ay natagpuan sa Kweba ng Qumran sa Dead Sea, Israel na tinawag na ―Dead Sea Scroll‖. Ang Roman Catholic, Protestant, Jewish at Muslim at iba pang pananampalataya ay kasama sa nagsasaliksik nito.

MAGANDANG BALITA BIBLIA

PREFACE: Ang Yahweh na katangi-tanging tawag ng mga Hebreo sa Diyos (na karaniwang isinasalin na Jehovah) ay pinanatili sa saling ito upang ipakita ang pagkakaiba ng salitang ―Panginoon‖ na katumbas ay ―Adonai‖. (Judges 1:7)

Dead Sea Scroll (YAHWEH) YHWH na nakasulat sa Hebreo-Aramaic ay pinapalitan ng salitang Adonai kapag binasaba

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 1

Kweba sa Qumran na Pinagkunan ng Dead Sea Scrolls

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 2

ITUTURO SA LAHAT SA IBANG BANSA ANG PAGSISISI AT KAPATAWARAN NG MGA KASALANAN SA KANYANG PANGALANG YAHSHU‟A NA NAGSIMULA SA YAHRUSALEM Luke 24:47 ‗and the repentance and remission of sins should be preached in HIS NAME among all nations beginning at Jerusalem‘ Nagsimula sa Yahrusalem ang Pagtuturo sa pagsisisi at kapatawaran ng mga kasalanan sa Kanyang Pangalan na Yahshu‟a at mula sa Yahrusalem ay itinuro ito sa ibat-ibang Bansa na ang pagsisisi at kapatawaran ng mga kasalanan ay sa Pangalan ni Yahshu‟a ngunit inilihis at ginawa na ang pagsisisi at kapatawaran ng mga kasalanan ay sa ibang pangalan - kay Iesus o Jesus na. Ang pangalang Yeshu‟a ay Aramaic hanggo sa pangalang Hebreo na Yahshu‟a.

How Yeshu‟a Become Jesus By:JOSEPH STALLINGS

Kopya ng Catholic Digest January 1992 vol.32,no.6

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 3

How Yeshu‟a Become Jesus By:JOSEPH STALLINGS

Published in Catholic Digest January 1992 vol.32,no.6 page 17 The Mystery of the Magi We usually don‘t think about it, but our Lord‘s name was not always Jesus. It was in fact originally the popular Aramaic name Yeshu‘a. In first century Judea and Galilee, the name Yeshu‘a was very common and shared fifth place with Eleazar (Lazarus) in popularity as a name for Jewish men. The most popular male names at that time were Shime‘on (Simon), Yosef (Joseph), Yehuda (Judah or Judas) and Yochanan (John). In the Holy Land at the time of Christ, Aramaic had replaced Hebrew in everyday conversation, but Hebrew remained the holy language and was used in worship and daily prayers. The rabbis also used Hebrew when instructing their disciples. The two languages were closely related, however, as close as Italian is to Spanish, and both used the same alphabet. Yeshu‘a was the Aramaic version of the Hebrew name Yehoshu‘a (Joshua), and means ―Yahweh saves‖. Throughout Christ‘s lifetime in Galilee, Samaria and Judea of course the name Yeshu‘a presented no problem for those who spoke Aramaic and read the Bible and prayed in Hebrew. But outside the Holy Land it become a different story as Good News spread. The Gentiles of the Roman Empire spoke Greek and Latin and simply could not pronounce Yeshu‘a. It contained sounds that did not exist in their language. When the Gospels were written in Greek, therefore, the Evangelists had a real problem regarding how they might render our Lord‘s name into acceptable Greek. The initially ‗Y‘ (Hebrew and Aramaic letter ‗yod‘) was easy. The Evangelists could use the Greek letter ‗iota‘, written ‗I,‘ since it was pronounced like the ‗y‘ in yet. The next sound was a vowel, and that was a little more difficult. Unlike Greek, all the letters of the AramaicHebrew alphabet are consonants. The marks for the vowels were not invented until some centuries after Christ and were simple dots and dashes, placed above or beneath the letters. At the time of Christ apparently, the first vowel in our Lord‘s name was pronounced like the ‗a‘ in gate. And the Evangelists believed they could approximate that sound by using the Greek letter ‗eta‘. (The capital Greek letter looks just like our English letter H). Then followed the first of two almost insurmountable problems with Hebrew and Aramaic pronunciation. There was no letter for the ‗sh‘ sound in the Greek alphabet. Such a familiar name as Solomon was actually Sh‘lomo in Hebrew, Samson was Shimson and Samuel was Sh‘mu-El. Like the Greek translators of these Old Testament Hebrew names, the Evangelists used the Greek sigma (s) for the Hebrew shin (sh) when rendering Christ‘s name. The first three Greek letters ‗iota‘, ‗eta‘, and ‗sigma‘, moreover came to be used in early Byzantine religious art as an abbreviation of Jesus name. As they look very much like the Latin letters IHS, the letters were adapted in Western European religious paintings and church architecture as a symbol for Christ‘s name.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 4

The next letter in the Aramaic name Yeshu‘a was the Hebrew letter ‗waw‘, which here represents the sound ‗oo‘, as in too. It was easy for the Evangelists to duplicate this sound in Greek. It takes two letters, however, the omicron (o) and upsilon (u). But that easy substitution was followed by the biggest problem of all: the final ‗a‘ sound. In Greek, there was no substitute for the Hebrew letter ‗aiyin‘. Though the ‗aiyin‘ has no sound of its own, it causes the vowel that it controls to be pronounced deep in the throat. The Greek couldn‘t do that, and neither could the Romans when speaking in Latin. Usually, a Greek or Roman would pronounce an ‗aiyin‘-controlled ‗a’ like the ‗a‘ in father. A final ‗a‘ on a name however was most commonly feminine in both Greek and Latin. Thus it was decided to drop the Hebrew ‗aiyin‘ completely and replace it with the final Greek sigma (s) which most often indicates the masculine gender in nouns. Throughout the Roman Empire then our Lord‘s Aramaic name Yeshu‘a, had become the Greek name Iesous, pronounced yeh-SOOS. And this remained Christ‘s name throughout the Roman Empire as long as Greek remained the dominant language. But after some centuries Greek lost its favored position and Latin took its place. In the last quarter of the fourth century, the Bible was translated from Greek into Latin by *St. Jerome who had no trouble rendering the Greek Iesous into Latin, it became Iesus. The accent, however, was moved to the first syllable and the name pronounced YAY-soos, since the Romans liked to accent the second from the last syllable. In about 14th century, in the scriptoria of the monasteries where Bibles were copied by hand, Monks began to elongate the initial ‗I‘ of the words into a ‗J‘. (The pronounciation remained the same-like the ‗y‘ in yet but the Monks thought a ‗J‘ looked better). Probably the first Monks to do this were Germans because the letter ‗j‘ in that language sounds the same as the ‗y‘ in English. The name Iesus, consequently, evolved into the familiar written form of Jesus by the 17th century. Everyone still pronounced it YAY-soos, however, as it was in the official liturgical Latin. Way back in the fifth and sixth centuries, some pagan Germanic tribes called the Angles and Saxons invaded England. St Augustine of Canterbury came to convert them to Christianity in A.D.396. Of course St. Augustine established Jerome‘s Latin translation as England‘s official Bible. The Anglo-Saxon learned that our Lord‘s official Latin name was Iesus. Naturally the Germanic Anglo-Saxon converted the initial Latin ‗I‘ into the German ‗J‘. They pronounced the name, however, as YAY-zoos, since a single ‗s‘ between two vowels is sounded like our ‗z‘ in Germanic languages. When the Normans invaded England in A.D.1066 they brought with them the French language. Since neither the Anglo-Saxons nor the Normans would surrender their language to the other, the two become wedded and eventually evolved into Modern English. The Normans did influence the pronunciation of the first letter of Our Lord‘s name, though, they brought the French pronunciation of ‗j‘ (jh), which evolved into our English sound of ‗j‘. When King James commissioned the first official translation of the Bibles into English in the early 17 th century, the Latin Iesus was carried over unchanged into the new English Bible. The average English citizen of the day probably pronounced the name JAY-zus which ultimately evolved into our modern English JEEzus. The long process was now complete. A name that began as the Aramaic Yeshu‘a would remain written in English as it was in Medieval Latin, but now would be pronounced in English speaking countries as the familiar and loving name of the One who is our Savior, JESUS. *St. Jerome name is Eusebius Hieronymus A.D.347 – A.D.419

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 5

Ang Tamang Pagbasa ng Biblia Dahil ang Banal na Pangalan ng Makapangyarihan ng Israel ay mahalaga at ganoon din ang

pangalan ng Messiah ng Nazareth ay mahalaga upang ipadala ang Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh ay dapat na ibinabalik ang pangalan ni Yahweh at pangalan ni Yahshu‘a (Yeshua ay sa Aramaic ang bigkas sa Hebreo ay Yahshu‘a) sa bawat pagbasa ng Biblia upang ang Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh ay sumaatin at siyang Banal na Ispiritung iyan ni Yahweh ang magtuturo sa atin at magpapaunawa sa atin ng mga nilalaman ng Banal na Kasulatan na tinawag na Biblia. Ang Biblia ay isinulat ng mga tao na puspos ng Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh kaya ang makaka-unawa lamang nito ay ang may Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh, 2 Pedro 1:20-21. Sa bawat nakasulat na Diyos o Lord o God sa Lumang Tipan ay ibalik na natin ang pangalan ni Yahweh, ganoon din sa pagbasa ng nakasulat sa Bagong Tipan na pangalang Jesus ay ibalik na natin ang tamang pangalan na Yahshu‘a ang tunay na Messiah ng Nazareth. Sa ganoon ay makaka-iwas tayo sa mga Sumpa na nakasaad sa Revelation 22:18-19 na ang sinuman na mag-alis ay aalisan ng karapatan sa parte ng Aklat ng Buhay, Awit 69:28-29, at ang sinuman na magdagdag ay daragdagan ng salot na nakasaad sa Banal na Kasulatan na tinawag na Biblia. Sa ganoon ay tiwasay tayo na malayo tayo sa mga aksidente at sa mga salot na sakit at manatili sa parte ng Aklat ng Buhay upang magkaroon ng Buhay na Walang hanggan.

Dahilan sa orihinal na pagkakasulat ang mga pangalan ay pinalitan ng mga ‗translators‘ ay kailangan na ating ibalik ang mga orihinal na pangalan lalong-lalo na ang mahahalagang pangalan na kasama ang pina-ikling pangalan ni Yahweh na ‗Yah‘ at ang pangalan ni Yahshu‘a ang tunay na Messiah ng Nazareth. Ang salitang ‗Elohim‘ ay plural ng singular na ‗Eloah‘ na ibig sabihin ay ‗Mighty-One‘ na nasalin bilang ‗Adonai‘ at sa Tagalog ay ‗Panginoon‘. Sa Genesis 6:4 There were giants in the earth in those days; and also after that, when the sons of Yahweh came in unto the daughters of men, and they bare children to them, the same became mighty men which were of old, men of renown. Noon nagsimula ang tawag na Elohim sa mga ‗mighty men‘. Ang English na ‗Mighty-One‘ ay mas tamang isalin sa salitang Tagalog na ‗Makapangyarihan‘, dahil ang salitang ‗Panginoon‘ ay nagmula sa salitang ‗Adonai‘ sa Judges 1:7 na Hari ng Canaan na naging Palestino sa ngayon ay siyang si Baal mababasa sa footnotes ng Hosea 2:16. Lumang Tipan:

Exodus 3:15 And Elohim said moreover unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, Yahweh the Elohim of your fathers, the Elohim of Abraham, the Elohim of Isaac, and the Elohim of Jacob, hath sent me unto you: this is my name for ever, and this is my memorial unto all generations. Tamang pagbasa:

Exodus 3:15 And Yahweh said moreover unto Moses, Thus shalt thou say unto the children of Israel, Yahweh Mighty-One of your fathers, the Mighty-One of Abraham, the Mighty-One of Isaac, and the Mighty-One of Jacob, hath sent me unto you: this is my name for ever, and this is my memorial unto all generations. Lumang Tipan: Genesis 2:3 ―Pinagpala ng Diyos ang ikapitong araw at itinalaga, sapagkat sa araw na ito ay nagpahinga ang Diyos ng likhain ang lahat.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 6

Tamang pagbasa: Genesis 2:3 ―Pinagpala ni Yahweh ang ikapitong araw at itinalaga, sapagkat sa araw na ito ay nagpahinga si Yahweh ng likhain ang lahat. Bago tayo magpatuloy alam natin na bagong imbento lamang ang Letrang “J” kaya imposibleng Jesus ang pangalan ng Messiah, ganoon din ang pangalan ni Juan o “John” ay ang dapat ay “YahYah”. Sa Israel ngayon ang tawag kay John ay “Yochanan” na isang kontradiksyon sa nakasulat sa YeremiYah (Jeremiah) 43:4 at sa Luke 1:61. Tangi ang Banal na Pangalan ni Yahweh na “Yah” sa Awit 68:4 ang may kapangyarihan na pagsalitaing-muli si ZechariYah sa Luke 1:22, Luke 1:59-64. Ang Semetic na kapatid na wika ng Hebreo at sa Arabic ang pangalan ni John ay “Yahya”.

Bagong Tipan: Mateo 3:14-15 ―sinansala siya ni Juan na ang wika ―Ako po ang kailangang bautismuhan ninyo, at kayo pa ang lumapit sa akin? Ngunit tinugon siya ni Jesus ‗Hayaan mo itong mangyari ngayon sapagkat ito ang nararapat nating gawin upang matupad ang kalooban ng Diyos. At pumayag si Juan. Tamang pagbasa: Mateo 3:14-15 ―sinansala siya ni YahYah na ang wika ―Ako po ang kailangang bautismuhan ninyo, at kayo pa ang lumapit sa akin? Ngunit tinugon siya ni Yahshu‟a ‗Hayaan mo itong mangyari ngayon sapagkat ito ang nararapat nating gawin upang matupad ang kalooban ni Yahweh. At pumayag si YahYah. Bagong Tipan:

Revelation 1:1 The Revelation of Jesus Christ, which God gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant John: Tamang pagbasa:

Revelation 1:1 The Revelation of Yahshu’a Messiah, which Yahweh gave unto him, to shew unto his servants things which must shortly come to pass; and he sent and signified it by his angel unto his servant YahYah:

Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh sa YahYah (John) 14:26 ―Ang Mang-aaliw na siyang Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh na ipadadala ng Ama sa aking pangalan, siyang magtuturo sa inyo ng lahat ng mga bagay at ipa-aalala sa inyo ang bawat nasabi ko sa inyo‖. Tanging sa nag-iisang pangalan ni Yahshu‘a (Gawa 4:12) ipadadala ang Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh at iyang Banal na Ispiritung iyan ang magtuturo sa atin ng mga katotohanan at magpapaalala sa atin ng mga iniaral ni Yahshu‘a Messiah.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 7

2 Peter 1:20-21 ―Ating unang alamin na walang nakasulat sa Banal na Kasulatan sa kanyang sariling interpretasyon. Dahil isinulat ito ng mga tao noong panahong iyon hindi sa kagustuhan ng tao kundi mga taong pinabanal ni Yahweh na nagsalita at pinakilos ng Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh‖.

Ang Banal na Kasulatan ay isinulat ng mga tao na kinasihan ng Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh, samakatwid ay tanging ang may Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh lamang ang makakaunawa ng Banal na Kasulatan at ito ay sa pamamagitan ng pangalan ni Yahshu‘a ay ipadadala ang Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh.

Christo ay interpretasyon lamang ng mga translators na mga Griyego, ngunit ang ‗Christo‘ ay wala sa wikang Griyego. Maari nang masakop ng Griyego ang mga sakop ng Persia sa Ester 1:1 ay nasakop nila ang bansang India na pinanggalingan ng istatwang si Chrishna ay dinudurog ang ulo ng ahas na kagaya ng naihula sa darating na Messiah sa Genesis 3:15.

Father Emmanuel: Christ comes from the Greek word Christos, meaning ―the anointed one‖. Srila Prabhupada: Christos is the Greek version of the word Krishna.

Krishna ng India

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 8

Exodus 23:13 ―Huwag babanggitin ni mamutawi sa ating mga labi ang mga pangalan ng mga sinasamba ng taga ibang bansa‖. Ang bansang Israel ay ang sinasamba ay si Yahweh lamang, ang ibang bansa kagaya ng Canaan (Palestino) ang sinasamba ay si Adonai o Baal (Hukom 1:7, Adonai ay si Baal at nasalin bilang Lord, Hosea 2:16), ang Lord ay naisalin na Panginoon. Sa katabing bansa ng Israel ang Masry o Egypt ay maraming istatwang sinasamba at isa na dito si ‗El‘ at bawat bansa ay may kanya-kanyang ‗El‘ o plural ay Elohim (nasalin na God). Ang bansang Griyego ang sinasamba ay si Theos (nasalin na Diyos), ang bansang India ay maraming istatwa at isa na dito si Krishna (nasalin na Christos). Ang Syria naman ang sinasamba ay si Gowd (nasalin na God) at sinasamba naman ng mga teutonic–Germans. Si Zeus (pagbasa ay ‗sus‘ ay isa sa Greek Mythology God) ay idinugtong sa pangalan ng Messiah kaya naging Yehsoos (Yeh-sus) sa Griyego at Latin. Huwag Babanggitin ni Mamutawi sa Inyong Labi ang Pangalan ng Sinasamba ng mga taga ibang Bansa

Amun

Anubis

Aten

Atum

Bastet

Bes

Geb

Hapy

Hathor

Horus

Isis

Khepri

Khnum

Ma'at

Nephthys

Nun

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 9

Nut

Osiris

Ptah

Ra-Horakhty

Sekhmet

Seshat

Seth

Shu

Sobek

Tawaret

Tefnut

Assyrian Gods at Goddesses at Babylonian Gods at Goddesses         

Apsu underworld ocean; begetter of the skies and earth Tiamat primeval chaos; bearer of the skies and earth Lahmu & Lahamu Anshar Kishar Anu sky god, father & king of the gods Antu(m) 1st consort of Anu Aruru (Ninmah, Mami) mother goddess; midwife of the gods Mammetum maker or mother of fate

            

Nammu associated with water. Ellil (Enlil) initially, leader of the pantheon Ea (Enki, Nudimmud) god of the waters Mummu craftsman Qingu battle leader Sin (Nannar) moon god Ningal the consort of Sin Ishtar (Ishhara, Irnini, Inanna) goddess of love, procreation, and war Siduri barmaid Shamash (Babbar, Utu) sun god Aia Shamash's consort Kakka Anshar and Anu's vizier Ninlil Elil's consort

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 10

                                      

Nusku god of fire and Ellil's vizier Gerra (Gibil) god of fire Ishum god of fire Kalkal Ellil's doorkeeper Nash a pure goddess Zaltu strife Ninurta chamberlain of the war god Ninsun great queen Marduk supplants other Babylonian deities to become central figure Bel (Canaanite Baal cleverest; sage of the gods Ashur god of Assyria and war Shullat Shamash's servant Papsukkal vizier of the great gods Hanish weather god's servant Adad a storm god Shara Nin-ildu carpenter Gushkin-banda creator of god and man, goldsmith god Nin-agal patron of smiths. Ereshkigal (Allatu) supreme goddess of underworld Belit-tseri tablet-scribe of the underworld Namtar(a) the fate-cutter, herald of death Sumuqan cattle god Nergal (Erragal, Erra, Engidudu) underworld; hunter; god of war and plague Irra plague god Enmesharra underworld god Lamashtu dread female demon also known as 'she who erases' Nabu god of writing and wisdom Ningizzia guardian of the gate of heaven; a god of the underworld Tammuz (Dumuzi, Adonis)**** vegetation Belili (Geshtinanna) Gizzida (Gishzida) consort of Belili, doorkeeper of Anu Nissaba (Nisaba) cereal grain harvest Dagan fertility and the underworld Birdu an underworld god Sharru god of submission Urshambi boatman to Utnapishtim Ennugi controller of the Anunnaki Geshtu-e god whose blood and intelligence are used by Mami to create man.

Roman at Greek Gods Roman God Kapantay sa Greek God

Roman

Greek

Apollo

Bacchus

Dionysus

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 11

Ceres

Demeter

Cupid

Eros

Diana

Artemis

Fortuna

Janus

Juno

Hera

Jupiter

Zeus

Maia

Mars

Ares

Mercury

Hermes

Minerva

Athena

Neptune

Poseidon

Pluto

Hades

Proserpina

Persephone

Saturn

Cronus

Uranus

Ouranos

Venus

Aphrodite

Vesta

Hestia

Vulcan

Hephaestus

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 12

SAAN GALING ANG BIBLIA Septuagint

Around AD 235, Origen, a Christian scholar in Alexandria, completed the Hexapla, a comprehensive comparison of the ancient versions and Hebrew text side-by-side in six columns, with diacritical markings (a.k.a. "editor's marks", "critical signs" or "Aristarchian signs"). Much of this work was lost, but several compilations of the fragments are available. In the first column was the contemporary Hebrew, in the second a Greek transliteration of it, then the newer Greek versions each in their own columns. Origen also kept a column for the Old Greek (the Septuagint) and next to it was a critical apparatus combining readings from all the Greek versions with diacritical marks indicating to which version each line (Gr. στἰχος) belonged. [12] Perhaps the voluminous Hexapla was never copied in its entirety, but Origen's combined text ("the fifth column") was copied frequently, eventually without the editing marks, and the older uncombined text of the LXX was neglected. Thus this combined text became the first major Christian recension of the LXX, often called the Hexaplar recension. In the century following Origen, two other major recensions were identified by Jerome, who attributed these to Lucian and Hesychius.[3]

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 13

2 Timoteo 3:15-16 “At mula sa pagkabata ay nalaman ninyo na ang Banal na Kasulatan ay makakapagpatalino sa inyo sa paraan ng Kaligtasan sa pamamagitan ng pananampalataya na siyang nakay Yahshu‟a Messiah, Lahat ng Kasulatan ay ipinagkaloob sa patnubay ni Yahweh, at ito ay mapapakinabangan sa pundasyon ng paniniwala, sa pagpapatunay, sa pagtutuwid, sa pagtuturo ng tamang aral sa tamang pagganap sa mga kautusan.

Ang tinutukoy dito na Banal na Kasulatan ay ang Old Testament dahil wala pang naisulat na New Testament sa panahong sinulatan ni Apostol Pablo si Timoteo. Ngunit paano mong masasabi na kami‟y Mahuhusay at ang Batas ni YAHWEH ay sumasaamin, Tingnan mo, ang kasinungalingan ng panulat ng mga Nagsulat ay ginawa itong mga kamalian. Jeremiah 8:8 How do ye say, We are wise, and the law of is with us? Lo, certainly the lying pen of the scribes hath made it falsehood.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 14

SAAN GALING ANG OLD TESTAMENT? Jacob Tinawag ni Yahweh na Yahshear sa Gen.32:28 Ating Alamin ang mga Naganap sa Panahong ng Old Testament Sina Yahshaak (Isaac) at Ismaale (Ismael) ay Anak at Lahi rin ni Abraham at si Ismaale ang naunang nanirahan sa Masry (Egypt) sa Genesis 21:21 at sumunod ang mga anak ni Yahshaak kay Yahkoob (Jacob) na tinawag ni Yahweh bilang Yahshear (Gen. 32:28).

THE NAME ‘ISRAEL’ ORIGINATED FROM THE NAME (YASHAR) ‘YAHSHEAR’ yaw-shar' a primitive root; to be straight ‘yesh-oo-roon' Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel yis-raw-ale' a symbolical name of Jacob Genesis 32:28 And he said, Thy name shall be called no more Jacob, but Israel –₃₄₇₄ for as a prince hast thou power with Elohim and with men, and hast prevailed.

Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew-Greek Dictionary ‘search’ for "Israel"–₃₄₇₄ 3474 yashar yaw-shar' a primitive root; to be straight or even; figuratively, to be (causatively, to make) right, pleasant, prosperous:--direct, fit, seem good (meet), + please (will), be (esteem, go) right (on), bring (look, make, take the) straight (way), be upright(-ly). 3475 Yesher yay'-sher from 3474; the right; Jesher, an Israelite: -Jesher. 3476 yosher yo'-sher from 3474; the right:--equity, meet, right, upright(-ness). 3477 yashar yaw-shawr' from 3474; straight (literally or figuratively):--convenient, equity, Jasher, just, meet(-est), + pleased well right(-eous), straight, (most) upright(-ly, -ness). 3484 Yshuruwn yesh-oo-roon' from 3474; upright; Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel:--Jeshurun. 3478 Yisra'el yis-raw-ale' from 8280 and 410; he will rule as God; Jisrael, a symbolical name of Jacob; also (typically) of his posterity: --Israel. 3479 Yisra'el yis-raw-ale' (Aramaic) corresponding to 3478:--Israel. 3481 Yisr'eliy yis-reh-ay-lee' patronymically from 3478; a Jisreelite or descendant of Jisrael:--of Israel, Israelite. 3484 Yshuruwn yesh-oo-roon' from 3474; upright; Jeshurun, a symbol. name for Israel:--Jeshurun.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 15

Sino si Ophir ?

Ophir ay naisulat sa Lumang Tipan ng Biblia sa 1 Kings 22:48, 9:28 and 22:49, Psalms 45:9, Isaiah 13:12, Job 22:24, 28:16, 1Chron. 24:4, 1:23, Genesis 10:25-26. Sa Genesis 10:25-30 ―At si Heber ay nagka-anak ng dalawang lalaki: ang pangalan ng isa ay Peleg, dahil nang araw na ipinanganak sila ang wika ng mga tao sa mundo ay nagkaiba-iba, at ang kanyang kapatid ay si Yoktan. At si Yoktan ay naging anak sina Almodad, Sheleph, Hazarmaveth, Yerah, Hadoram, Uzal, Diklah, Obal, Abimael, Sheba, OPHIR, Havilah, Yobab; lahat ng ito ay mga anak ni Yoktan. At sila ay nanirahan mula sa Mesha at hanggang sa Sephar sa kabundukan sa Silangan.‖

CHRONOLOGICAL EVENTS BASED ON HOLY BIBLE RECORDS

YEAR

REFERENCE

HEBREW NAME-MEANING-EVENTS

B.C.E. (Before Common Era) 3992 Dan.9:24-27 3862 Gen.5:3-6 Seth 3757 Gen.5:9 Enosh 3667 Gen.5:12 Cainan 3597 Gen.5:15 Mahalalel 3532 Gen.5:18 Yared 3370 Gen.5:21 Enoch 3305 Gen.5:25 Metuselah 3118 Gen.5:28-29 Lamech 3062 Gen.5:5 Death of Adam 3005 Gen.5:23 Enoch taken away 2950 Gen.5:8 Death of Seth 2936 Gen.5:28 (10)Noah 2852 Gen.5:11 Death of Enosh 2757 Gen.5:14 Death of Cainan 2702 Gen.5:17 Death of Mahalalel 2570 Gen.5:20 Death of Yared 2436 Gen.5:32 Shem 2341 Gen.5:31 Death of Lamech 2336 Gen.5:27 Death of Metuselah 2336 Gen.7:6 Ark of Noah Great flood

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Creation of (1)Adam-Awdam-to show blood in face Sheeth-appoint Awnash-to be frail Kane-a nest Halal-praise Yah Yared-to descend to lower region Kawnek-discipline Methuselah Lehmek-uncertain

Nooakh-to rest

Seem-call a name.Ham Yahpet born

Noah and 3 children, wives survived

Page 16

Archaeological Findings: Ancient Ebla

2334 Gen.11:10 Arphakshad 2299 Gen.11:12 Selah-Shawlakh 2269 Gen.11:14 Heber 2235 Gen.11:14 (15) Peleg 2235 Gen.10:25 Tower of Babel

In 1974 at site of ancient Ebla northern Syria, exemplify the plethora of pre-flood and post flood writings Rawpad-to refresh to send away Awba-crossover Pawleg-to divide ( Yoktam the father of Ophir ) Migdalah Bawlal - Confounded the language of Son of Man. Heber language was called Hebrew from name Heber. Ang Wika ni Ophir

Ang wika ni Heber ay kagaya ng wika ni Adam at nang magkaiba-iba ang wika ng mga tao sa mundo, tanging si Heber lamang ang nakapag-ingat ng orihinal na wika ni Adam na tinawag sa kanyang pangalan na Heber na naging Hebreo. Samakatwid ang naging wika ng dalawang anak ni Heber sina Peleg at Yoktan ay Hebreo din at ang naging wika ng kanilang mga anak ay Hebreo din. Samakatwid ang wika ni Ophir na anak ni Yoktam ay Hebreo din.

Ang Wika ni Abraham Ang anak ni Peleg si Reu, ang anak ni Reu si Serug, ang anak ni Serug si Nachor, ang anak ni Nachor si Thare, ang anak ni Thare sina Abram na naging Abraham, Nahor at Haran ang ama ni Lot. Si Abraham ay tinawag na Hebreo sa Genesis 14:13, samakatwid ang wika ni Abraham ay Hebreo. 2205 Gen.11:18 Reu Rawaw-shepherd 2173 Gen.11:20 Serug Sawrag-to intwine 2143 Gen.11:22 Nachor Nakharaw-to snore 2114 Gen.11:24 Thare Tehrakh-trembling 2044 Gen.11:26 (20)Abram(Abraham) Father to be raise of people.Covenant Gen.17:9-10

Nang ang salita ni YAHWEH ay dumating kay Abraham sa Genesis 15:13-14 “At sinabi ni Yahweh kay Abraham, sinabi ko sa iyo na ang lahi ng iyong mga anak ay magsisilbi sa ibang lupain ng mga Hentil at sila ay pahihirapan sa loob ng 400 taon, at ang Nasyong iyon na kanilang pinagsilbihan ay aking hahatulan at pagkatapos ay ilalabas ko sila na may dalang malaking yaman”. Sa Genesis 21:12-13 ― kay Yahshaak (Isaac) ang iyong lahi ay tatawagin at ang anak mo sa katulong ay aking gagawin din na isang Nasyon, DAHIL SIYA AY ANAK AT LAHI MO RIN‖. Genesis 46:3 ―Ako si YAHWEH, ang makapangyarihan ng iyong mga magulang, huwag kang matakot pumaroon sa Masry; dahil gagawin ko kayong malaking Nasyon‖. PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 17

Samakatwid ang lahi ni Abraham sa kanyang dalawang anak sina Ismaale at Yahshaak ay naging tigapagsilbi sa lupain na hindi kanila sa lupain ng Masry kagaya sa sinabi ni Yahweh sa Genesis 15:13-14. Ang sinabi ay paglipas ng 400 na taon ay lalabas sila sa Nasyong iyon na kanilang pinagsilbihan at sa Exodus 12:52 ―si YAHWEH ay inilabas ang mga anak ni Yahshear (Jacob) (Tribo ng Yahshurun) Gen.32:28 mula sa lupain ng Masry‖. Sa lupain ng Masry ang Tribo ni Ismaale at Tribo ni Yahshurun (mula sa pangalang Yahshear) ay ang tanging ―Tribong Tuli‖, upang magkaroon ng pagkaka-kilanlan sa dalawang Tribong-Tuli ang Tribong Yahshurun ay tinawag ng mga nagsasalita ng Aramaic ng ―Yisraw-ale‖ (Yisrawale naging Israel) ibig sabihin ay ―Prinsipe ni Sarah‖ at ang Ismaale naman ay tinawag na ―Ishmael‖ na ibig sabihin ay ‗sa Pangalan ni Sarah‖. Ang ‗Ale‘ sa wikang Hebreo ay ‗Among-Babae‘, tinutukoy ang amo ni Hagar na si Sarah.

13 TIBO NG YAHSHURUN Ang 12 anak ni Yahshear (Jacob) na tinawag na 12 Tribo ni Yahshurun ay orihinal na 12, ngunit ng akuin ni Yahshear ang dalawang anak ni Yohseph sina Efraim at Manase na kanyang anak na rin sa Genesis 48:5-6 ay naging 13 ang Tribo ng Yahshurun. Ang nakatalaga para kay Yohseph ay pinalitan ng kanyang dalawang anak, samakatwid ang Tribo ni Yahshurun ay naging 13 Tribo na lumabas sa lupain ng Masry sa panahon ni Moshe (Moses).

1. Ruben 2. Simeon 3. Levi (ang mga anak naging Sacerdote sina Gershon, Kohat at Merari) 4. Yahuwdah 5. Dan 6. Nepthali 7. Gad 8. Asher 9. Isachar 10. Zabulon Dinah (Leah) Yohseph (ang mga anak sina Manaseh at Efraim) 11. Manaseh 12.Efraim 13.BenYahmin

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 18

Dath Dath

‫תד‬

1) decree, law, edict, regulation, usage ,a) decree, edict, commission, b) law, rule

dath <1881> Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew Dictionary Pronunciation:

Dawth

Definition:

1) decree, law, edict, regulation, usage 1a) decree, edict, commission 1b) law, rule of uncertain (perhaps foreign) derivation: a royal edict or statute:-commandment, commission, decree, law, manner.

DaTH I used to think of DaTH (dawth) as meaning void, since that's the way the fluffy bunny new age kabbalah books present it. I was curious one day and decided to see if the word was in the Bible (in Hebrew version) and found that it means something like the Law written in our hearts, a kosmic consciousness that lets us know if we are in sync with the Tao That Be (or however you want to describe it). Here are a few of my notes on my research into DaTH. Go on a spiritual quest to find values you can hold up as being what you stand for. You have found your inner DaTH. You have found the law written in your heart. What is law? A king gives a decree or edict that is the expression of the king’s will. *Esther 3:14, 8:13, 9:14+ There was the concept that once a king issued this DaTH, it cannot be altered or revoked. [Daniel 2:15, 6:16] DaTH is entrusted to people. In the case of civil law, this DaTH is in the hands of judges, enforced by police, argued by lawyers, voted upon and recorded by politicians. The Israelites had the concept of the ToWRaH being the DaTH of Yahweh. Ezra was given the title of Secretary of the irrevocable DaTH of the Almighty of heaven. [Ezra 7:2, 1 Esdras 8:9] The irrevocability of the DaTH from Yahweh was not questioned by Yahshua. Yahshua was not out to destroy the ToWRaH representing the DaTH from Yahweh, but to bring it to life in the hearts of people. [Matthew 5:17] He was not getting out a giant cosmic eraser. What he challenged was that DaTH of Yahweh was complete and contained in scriptures and traditions. He offered that DaTH of Yahweh can be known in the heart, directly experienced, with continued insights into this DaTH, renewed revelation, and ongoing prophecy. This was not anti-Jewish at all. The idea was found in the Dead Sea Scrolls. The Jews continued to redefine DaTH with the Mishnah, the Talmud, the Kabbalah, and to this day with books being published, web sites being built, deeper insights explored and lived out.

Here is something you can count on to be true for your entire life — CHoKMaH/Sophia and DaTH are

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 19

treasures that will be your salvation. The greatest treasure comes from uniting with Yahweh. [Isaiah33:6] A treasure is a reward after following a treasure hunt. A gift is never really valued as a treasure. YAHWEH with a multitude approaches, from his right hand comes a shining DaTH. [Deuteronomy 33:2] DaTH is the invisible SHiPHRaH, the Law in the heart of Yahweh. DaTH is Law, but DaTH is also having an active conscious, a living Law written in the heart. DaTH is being conscious of the will of Yahweh, which we can concentrate upon, which we can be mindful of, which can direct our view of what Yahweh wants in each given situation. DaTH is beyond memorizing a collection of ancient rules. DaTH is a living part of each of us. I would dare say that people who have never heard one word of religion still know that it would be wrong to go on a murdering spree or steal from the neighbors when they are not at home. The commandments part of ToWRaH are not the DaTH, but are examples of using the DaTH in specific situations. The DaTH extends far beyond the few ancient case-by-case examples of what would not be acceptable behavior. Thus the Jewish/Kabbalist quest for the invisible DaTH is much like the Gnostic quest for direct connect, for gnosis. Maybe it is invisible because it is from another dimension, that light trapped in the darkness, our core Messiah’s Consciousness, our native our Nature.

Wikipedia, the Free Encyclopedia - Dath Mosha Middle Eastern and North African Jewish community headdress may also resemble that of the ancient Israelites. In Yemen, the wrap around the cap was called ‫ ַמצַר‬massar; the head covering worn by all women according to Dath Mosha was a ‫" גַרגּוש‬Gargush"

Yahshear-Dath o (Sacer-dote) Ang anak ni Yahshear (Jacob) na Tribo ni Levi ay itinalaga sa Pagpapari (Priesthood o Yahshear-Dath o Sacerdote) sa Exodus 29. Ang tatlong anak ni Levi si Yahshear-Dath Gershon, Yahshear-Dath Cohat at Yahshear-Dath Merari o mga Yahshear-Dath o mga Sacerdote ay inihalo sa 12 Tribo ng Yisrawale upang pamahalaan ang trabaho ng Pagpapari at sa pagsisilbi sa pagsamba kay YAHWEH na mababasa sa Joshua 21:1-8 at 1Chronicles 6:63-81.

Tatlong Anak ni Levi Itinalagang Yahshear-Dath o Sacerdote o Pari ay Inihalo sa 12 Tribo ng Yisrawale (Israel)

1. Sacerdote o Yahshear-Dath Gershon 2. Sacerdote o Yahshear-Dath Kohat 3. Sacerdote o Yahshear-Dath Merari PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 20

Ang mga anak ni Yahshear (Jacob) kay Leah, Rachel, Bilha, Zilpa: 1. Ruben ---------- 1. Ruben (Leah) - Yahshear Dath Merari ang Pari 2. Simeon ---------- 2. Simeon (Leah) – Yahshear Dath Kohat ang Pari 3. Levi ---------Levi (Leah) mga anak sina Gershon, Kohat, Merari 4. Yahuwdah ---------- 3. Yahuwdah (Leah) – Yahshear Dath Kohat ang Pari 5. Dan ---------- 4. Dan (Bilha-Rachel ) – Yahshear Dath Kohat ang Pari 6. Nepthali ---------- 5. Nepthali (Bilha-Rachel) – Yahshear Dath Gershon ang Pari 7. Gad ---------- 6. Gad (Zilpa-Leah) – Yahshear Dath Merari ang Pari 8. Asher ---------- 7. Asher (Zilpa-Leah) – Yahshear Dath Gershon ang Pari 9. Isachar ---------- 8. Isachar (Leah) –Yahshear Dath Gershon ang Pari 10.Zabulon ---------- 9. Zabulon (Leah) – Yahshear Dath Merari ang Pari Dinah (Leah) 11.Yohseph ---------Yohseph (Rachel) mga anak sina Manaseh at Efraim 12.BenYahmin --------- 10. Manaseh-kalahating tribo - Yahshear Dath Gershon ang Pari Manaseh- kalahating tribo – Yahshear Dath Kohat ang Pari 11. Efraim – Yahshear Dath Kohat ang Pari 12. BenYahmin(Rachel) - Yahshear Dath Kohat ang Pari

Si Yohseph ay ipinagbili ng kanyang mga kapatid sa mga Ismaalita at dinala sa Masry (Egypt) na pinagbili naman bilang alipin at dumating ang panahon na naging tagapamahala ng Pharaoh at naging Malaya at pinalitan ang pangalan na Zaphenath-paneah. Ang isang alipin ay ibabalik sa kanyang magulang ngunit si Yohseph ay binili sa lahi ng Ismaalita kaya ibinalik siya sa Ismaalita at binigyan ng asawa na pangalan ay Asenath na anak na babae ng Pari ng Ismaalita na si Potiphera sa lahi ni Ismaale na nagkaroon ng 12 prinsesa na kagaya ni Yahshurun na nagkaroon ng 12 anak at ang isa ay si Levi na naatasan sa pamamahala ng Pagpapari sa Exodus 29, Genesis 17:7, 17:23, 16:12 ―siya ay kahalubilo ng kanyang mga kapatid‖. Nang si Abraham ay mamatay sina Ismaale at Yahshaak ang naglibing sa kanya sa kweba ng Machpelah katabi ng kanyang asawang si Sarah sa Genesis 25:9. Ang anak at lahi ni Ismaale ay nadala ng dalawang anak ni Yohseph sina Manase at Efraim, samantalang ang anak at lahi ni Yahshaak ay nadala ng 12 Tribo ng Yahshurun (Jacob tinawag ni Yahweh na Yahshear) sa lupain ng Masry at inilabas sila ni Yahweh sa Exodus 12:51, upang matupad ang sinalita ni Yahweh sa Genesis 15:13-14.

YISRAWALE (ISRAEL) KINGS 1Samuel 8:5 At sinabi sa kanya, Ngayon, ikaw ay matanda na, at ang iyong mga anak ay hindi sumunod sa mga yapak mo: ngayon ay bigyan mo kami ng Hari na maghuhusga sa amin kagaya ng mga ibang bansa. 1Samuel 8:6 Ngunit sa bagay na ito ay nagalit si Samuel, nang sinabi nila na Bigyan mo kami ng Hari na maghuhusga sa amin. At si Samuel ay nanalangin kay YAHWEH. 1Samuel 12:19 At lahat ng mga tao ay nagsalita kay Samuel, Ipanalangin mo kaming lahat na tagapaglingkod mo kay YAHWEH na iyong Makapangyarihan, upang hindi kami mamatay: dahil dinagdagan naming ang aming kasalanan sa kasamaang ito na naghangad kami ng isang Hari. Unang naging Hari si Saul na lahi ni BenYahmin. Sumunod si Haring David na lahi ni Yahuwdah at sumunod ang anak ni Haring David na si Haring Solomon (YahdidiYah).

King Saul (BenYahmin) Kohath ang Pari King David (Yahuwdah) Kohath ang Pari King Solomon (Yahuwdah) Kohath ang Pari PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 21

Mga Barko Patungong Ophir 1Kings 9:26 Mga Barko na ipinagawa ni Haring YahdidiYah (Solomon) ay pumupunta sa OPHIR para kumuha ng mga ginto. Tatlong (3) taon ang lumilipas bago makabalik ang mga barko.

DALAWANG KAHARIAN Lumipas ang panahon pagkamatay ni Haring Solomon ay nahati sila sa dalawang kaharian, sa Kaharian ng Yisrawale at Kaharian ng Yahuwdah. Ang Katiwala ni Haring Solomon na mula sa Tribo ng Efraim (1Kings 11:26) si Yeroboam ang naging Hari ng Yisrawale na sumama ang 10 Tribo ay pinagsisilbihan naman ng mga Levitang Pari (Yahshear-Dath o Sacerdote) mula kay Yahshear Dath Kohat, Yahshear Dath Gershon at Yahshear Dath Merari. Ang anak ni Haring Solomon si Rehoboam ang naging Hari ng 2 Tribo ng Yahuwdah na pinagsisilbihan ng mga Levitang Pari (Yahshear-Dath o Sacerdote) mula kay Yahshear Dath Kohat.

King Jeroboam sa Tribong Efraim ---- King Rehoboam sa Tribong Yahuwdah YISRAWALE (ISRAEL)

YAHUWDAH (JEWS)

King Jeroboam (Efraim)

----------------------------- King Rehoboam (Yahuwdah)

10 tribo ng Yisrawale (Israel)

----------------------------- 2 tribo ng Yahuwdah at BenYahmin (Jews)

Samaria City Nakatalagang Sacerdote:

--------------------------------------------------------

Jerusalem City Nakatalagang Sacerdote:

Sacerdote o Yahshear Dath Merari ----------------------- Sacerdote o Yahshear Dath ang Pari ng Tribo nila Ruben, Gad, Kohath ang Pari ng Tribo nila Zabulon Yahuwdah at BenYahmin Sacerdote o Yahshear Dath Kohath ang Pari ng Tribo nila Simeon, Dan, Â˝Manaseh, Efraim Sacerdote o Yahshear Dath Gershon ang Pari ng Tribo nila Nepthali, Asher, Isachar, , Â˝Manaseh

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 22

KAHARIAN NG YAHUWDAH Dalawang (2) Tribo ang sumama kay Haring Rehoboam ng Yahuwdah (Yahuwdah at BenYahmin) at ang lungsod ay ang Yahrusalem (Jerusalem) na pinagsisilbihan ng mga Levitang Pari (Yahshear-Dath o Sacerdote) mula kay Yahshear Dath Kohat.

KAHARIAN NG YISRAWALE Sampung (10) Tribo ang sumama kay Haring Yeroboam (Jeroboam) ng Kaharian ng Yisrawale at ang lungsod ay ang Samaria na pinagsisilbihan ng mga Levitang Pari (Yahshear-Dath o Sacerdote) mula kay Yahshear Dath Kohat, Yahshear Dath Gershon at Yahshear Dath Merari na mababasa sa Joshua 21:1-8 at 1Chronicles 6:63-81.

Si Haring Yeroboam ng Yisrawale ay TINANGGAL ang Pagsisilbi ng mga Levitang YahshearDath o Sacerdote sina YahshearDath-Kohat, YahshearDath-Gershon at YahshearDath-Merari at PINALITAN sila ng mga pangkaraniwang tao lamang na HINDI LEVITA. Si Haring Yeroboam ng Yisrawale ay nagtayo ng templo sa mataas na lugar at ginawang Tigapagsilbing Pari ay pangkaraniwang tao lamang na HINDI LEVITA at itinalaga ang Kapistahan sa ika-Walong Buwan na dapat ay ika-Pitong buwan na ginaganap ng Kaharian ng Yahuwdah sa pagdiriwang ng mga kapistahan sa 1 Kings 12:31-32, 1 Kings 13:33-34.

Tatlong (3) Taon Levitang YahshearDath o Sacerdote mula kay YahshearDath Kohat, Gershon at Merari ay Tinanggal Bilang Tigapagsilbing YahshearDath o Sacerdote sa Kaharian ng Yisrawale at sila ay Lumayas sa lupain ng Yisrawale na dala ang kanilang mga ari-arian ay tumungo sa Kaharian ng YAHUWDAH sa lungsod ng Yahrusalem at nanatili sa loob ng tatlong (3) taon 2Chronicles 11:13-17 â&#x20AC;&#x2014;at ang lahat ng mga Sacerdoteng Pari at Levita na nasa Yisrawale at sa lahat ng baybayin ay lumayas na dala ang kanilang ari-arian at tumungo sa Yahuwdah at sa lungsod ng Yahrusalem: dahil si Haring Yeroboam at kanyang mga anak ay Pinalayas sila bilang Tigapagsilbing Sacerdote para kay Yahweh at si Haring Yeroboam ay nagtalaga ng mga Sacerdoteng Paring Hindi Levita sa matataas na lugar at para sa Demonyo at sa Istatwang Guya na kanyang ginawa. Ang mga Levitang YahshearDath o Sacerdoteng Pari mula sa tribo ng Yisrawale, ay itinalaga ang kanilang sarili at puso na hanapin si Yahweh na Makapangyarihan ng Yisrawale sa pagpunta nila sa Yahrusalem upang magsakripisyo para kay Yahweh na Makapangyarihan ng kanilang mga magulang. Naging matatag ang Kaharian ng Yahuwdah at maging si Haring Rehoboam na anak ni YahdidiYah (Solomon) ay naging matatag, sa loob ng tatlong taon; dahil tatlong taon silang sumunod sa palatuntunan kagaya sa pagsunod ni Haring DowDow (David) at Haring YahdidiYah (Solomon)â&#x20AC;&#x2013;.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 23

Ang mga Levitang YahshearDath o Sacerdoteng Pari na lahi ni Yahshear Dath Kohat, Gershon at Merari na pinalayas sa Kaharian ng Yisrawale ay hindi nagtagal sa Kaharian ng YAHUWDAH: 2 Chronicles 20:18-19 Ang mga Levitang YahshearDath o Sacerdoteng Pari mula sa lahi ni YahshearDath Kohat, Gershon at Merari na pinalayas sa Kaharian ng Yisrawale na tumungo sa Kaharian ng YAHUWDAH sa Yahrusalem ay nawala sa kapanahunan ni Haring Yahoshaphat. 776 B.C.E. 1Kings 22:51, 62 taon mula sa paghahari ni Haring Yeroboam) sa 2Chronicles 20:18-19 ―at ang mga Levita mula sa mga anak ni (Kohat) Kohathites at mga anak ni Korhites ay tumayo upang purihin si Yahweh ang nag-iisang Makapangyarihan ng Yisrawale sa napaka-lakas na boses na mataas.‖

Mga Barko Patungong OPHIR Naglakbay ng Pabalik sa loob ng Tatlong Taon Mga Barko na ipinagawa ni Haring YahdidiYah (Solomon) ay pumupunta parin sa OPHIR para kumuha ng mga ginto 1Kings 9:26, at nagpagawa pa ng mga panibagong Barko si Haring Yahoshaphat sa 1 Kings 22:48 ngunit hindi na ito natuloy. Ang mga Levitang YahshearDath o Sacerdoteng Pari mula sa lahi ni YahshearDath Gershon, YahshearDath Kohat at YahshearDath Merari na pinalayas sa Kaharian ng Yisrawale na tumungo sa Kaharian ng Yahuwdah ay hindi nagtagal sa Kaharian ng Yahuwdah. Walang tanging pupuntahan sila kundi ang sumama sa mga barkong ipinagawa ni Haring YahdidiYah na kanilang nadatnan sa Yahrusalem sa pagtigil nila ng tatlong (3) taon dahil tatlong (3) taon din ang paglalakbay ng mga barko patungong Tarshish at Ophir pabalik sa Yahrusalem na mababasa sa 2 Chro.9:21 at 2Chronicles 11:13-17. Bago pa magpagawa ng panibagong Barko si Haring Yahoshaphat sa 1Kings 22:48, naisulat sa 2Chronicles 20:18-19 sa paghahari ni Haring Yahoshaphat na 62 taon na ang lumipas mula sa paghahari ni Haring Yeroboan na katiwala ni Haring YahdidiYah (Solomon) sila ay hindi na natagpuan sa Yahrusalem sa 2 Chronicles 20:18-19.

Ang Kulay Ng Kanilang Balat Ay KAYUMANGGI Awit ni Solomon 1:6 ‗huwag kang magtaka kung ang kulay ng aking balat ay KAYUMANGGI (do not stare at me because I am swarthy, New American Bible), (Tagalog Magandang Balita Biblia translated KAYUMANGGI).

Saan Napunta Sina Yahshear-Dath-Kohat, Yahshear-DathGershon, at Yahshear-Dath-Merari ? Sundan sa pahina 48.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 24

MGA NAGANAP SA MGA NAIWAN SA SAMARIA AT SA YAHRUSALEM KASALANAN NG SAMBAHAYAN NI HARING JEROBOAM NG YISRAWALE

1 Kings 12:31-32, 1 Kings 13:33-34 Si Haring Yeroboam ng Yisrawale ay nagtayo ng templo sa mataas na lugar at ginawang Tigapagsilbing Pari ay pangkaraniwang tao lamang na HINDI LEVITA at itinalaga ang Kapistahan sa ika-Walong Buwan na dapat ay ika-Pitong buwan na ginaganap ng Kaharian ng Yahuwdah sa pagdiriwang ng mga Kapistahan ni Yahweh. 1Kings 13:33 Si Jeroboam ay Hindi nagbago sa kanyang Masamang Ginagawa, patuloy parin siyang nagtatalaga ng mga Pari na Hindi Levita kundi pangkaraniwang tao lamang na kanyang naisin. 1Kings 13:34 At ito ang naging kasalanan ng sambahayan ni Jeroboam, kaya‟t pinutol ito at winasak sa buong lupain.

LIMANG (5) NASYON ANG PINATIRA SA LUPAIN NG ISRAEL SA SAMARIA KAPALIT NG MGA ISRAELITA NA IPINATAPON SA MGA LUNGSOD NG ASSYRIA Yisrawale (Israel) 2Kings 17:23 Hanggang inalis sila ni Yahweh sa Kanyang paningin kagaya ng ipinasabi Niya sa mga Propeta. Ang mga Israelita ay Dinalang Bihag sa mga lupain ng Assyria. 2Kings 17:24 At ang Hari ng Assyria ay nagdala ng mga tao mula sa Babylon, at mula sa Cuthah, at mula sa Ava, at mula sa Hamath, at mula sa Sepharvaim, at pinatira sa lungsod ng Samaria kapalit ng mga Anak ni Israel: at kanilang inangkin ang Samaria at tuluyang nanirahan doon. 2Kings 17:27 Ang Hari ng Assyria ay nag-utos na dalhin pabalik sa Samaria ang isang Pari na dinalang bihag sa Assyria at manirahan na sa Samaria upang siyang magturo ng pamamaraan sa Sinasamba sa lupaing iyon. 2Kings 17:28 At isa nga sa mga Pari na dinalangbihag sa Assyria ay dumating at tumira sa Beth-el ay nagturo kung paano sila magkakaroon ng takot sa Sinasamba ng lupaing iyon. Isang Paring Israelita ngunit HINDI LEVITA ang pinabalik sa Samaria, samakatwid ay nagordina ito ng mga makakasama niyang Pari na HINDI-ISRAELITA kundi nanggaling sa lahi ng mga Babylonia, Cutha, Ava, Hamath at Sepharvaim. Mapapansin sa 2Kings 17:41 na nirerespeto nila ang Makapangyarihan ng Israel ngunit sila ay nagsisilbi parin sa kani-kanilang mga iniidolong mga Istatwa.

Encyclopedia Judaica YHWH vol.7 p.680

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

BLASPHEMY =

The Sacred Name pronounced “Yah-oo-ay” was avoided to pronounced during Assyrian Captivity but only High Priest from Levite - Aaron son can utter that Name eight (8) times on the Day of Atonement, a Page 25

day of fasting on the 10th day of the 7th month. Sanhedrin (Highest Court) ruled a decree of offense of BLASPHEMY to whoever pronounced and uttered that name in public or in solemn assemblies and instead they substituted the word ADONAI the name of diety of Canaan where they were living.

Ang Pari na dinalang pabalik sa Beth-el na lupain ng Israel ay ang Pari na itinalaga ni Haring Yeroboam (Jeroboam) na pangkaraniwang tao lamang na HINDI LEVITA. 2Kings 17:24 Ang limang nasyon na pinatira sa Israel, ang bawat nasyon ay gumawa ng kanikanilang istatwang sinasamba na kanilang inilagay sa mataas na sambahan sa kani-kanilang lungsod. Ang taga Babylonia ay gumawa ng istawa ni Succoth-benoth, ang taga Cuthah gumawa ng istatwa ni Nergal, ang taga Hamath ginawa ang istatwa ni Ashima, ang taga Ava ginawa ang istatwa ni Nibhaz at Tartak, ang taga Separvaim ay nagsusunog naman ng kanilang anak para sa kanilang istatwang si Adrammelech at Anammelec.

NAGSIMULA ANG TAWAG NA ELOHIM 2Kings 17:24 Sila ay may takot sa Makapangyarihan ngunit pinagsisilbihan nila ang kanikanilang istatwa. (Dito nagsimula na hindi na tawagin ang pangalan ni Yahweh kundi pinalitan ng El na naging Elohim). Ang mga Tunay na Levitang Yahshear-dath (Sacerdote) ang may hawak ng mga aklat ni Moses kaya ang HINDI-LEVITANG PARI ay kumatha rin ng kanilang sariling kwento patungkol sa mga naganap noon. Dahil hindi nila alam ang kahalagahan ng Banal na Pangalan ni Yahweh ay pinalitan nila ito ng ‗El‘ o ‗Elohim‘ upang maintindihan ng mga taga Babylonia, at taga Cuthah, at taga Ava, at taga Hamath, at taga Sepharvaim. Ang ‗El‘ o ‗Elohim‘ ay ang pangkaraniwang tawag sa mga istatwa ng mga bansang ito.

Ang mga Tunay Na Israelita na Ipinadalang Bihag sa mga lupain ng Assyria ay nagpalit ng wika mula sa Hebreo ay napilitang magsalita ng Assyrian-Aramaic. 2Kings 18:26 ‗At nagsalita sina Eliakim na anak ni Hilkiah, at Shebna, at Joah kay Rabshakeh, magsalita ka sa wikang Assyrian-Aramaic dahil naiintidihan namin at huwag kang makipag-usap sa amin sa wika ng Hudyo na Hebreo na naririnig ng maraming tao sa tabi ng pader.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 26

ANG MGA LEVITANG PARI AY TINATAWAG NA SACERDOTE O YAHSHEARDATH SA WIKANG HEBREO, ANG MGA HINDI LEVITANG PARI AY TINAWAG NA „KAHEN‟-3549 SA WIKANG ARAMAIC

3547 kahan kaw-han' a primitive root, apparently meaning to mediate in religious services; but used only as denominative from 3548; to officiate as a priest; figuratively, to put on regalia:--deck, be (do the office of a, execute the, minister in the) priest('s office). 3548 kohen ko-hane' active participle of 3547; literally, one officiating, a priest; also (by courtesy) an acting priest (although a layman):--chief ruler, X own, priest, prince, principal officer. 3549 kahen kaw-hane' (Aramaic) corresponding to 3548:--priest. (KAHEN IS ARAMAIC)

Kaharian ng Yahuwdah (Jews) Ay Hindi Rin Sumunod sa mga Utos ni Yahweh kaya Ipinagapi sila sa Kaharian ng Babylonia 2Kings 17:19 Ganoon din ang Yahuwdah ay hindi rin sumunod sa mga kautusan ni Yahweh na kanilang Makapangyarihan, sila ay gumaya sa pamamaraan ng mga Israelita. Daniel 1:1 Sa ikatlong taon ng paghahari ni Jehoiakim Hari ng Yahuwdah ay dumating sa Yahrusalem si Nebuchadnezzar na Hari ng Babylonia at sinakop ito. Jeremiah 44:2 Sinabi ni Yahweh na Makapangyarihan ng Israel, nakita ninyong lahat ang kasamaan na ipinadala ko sa Yahrusalem at sa lahat ng lungsod ng Yahuwdah at ngayon lahat ng lugar doon ay walang tao na tumitira. Jeremiah 44:7 ‗Nagsalita si Yahweh na Makapangyarihan ng Israel, dahil ginawa ninyo ang nakakamanghang kasalanan laban sa inyong kaluluwa samakatwid tatapusin na mula sa lalaki at babae at bata at pati sumususo pa ay aalisin sa lugar ng Yahuwdah upang wala ng matira KahitIsa‘. Jeremiah 44:11 ‗At sinabi pa ni Yahweh ang makapangyarihan ng Israel, aking ihaharap ang aking mukha laban sa inyo para sa Kasamaan at Puputulin lahat ang mga Yahuwdah‘. Jeremiah 44:12 ‗at aking kukunin ang mga NATIRANG TAO ng Yahuwdah na tumungo sa Egypto upang tumira at lahat sila ay lilipulin sa itak at kalamidad at mangamamatay mula sa mababa hanggang sa mataas at sila ay magiging sumpa at kamangha-mangha at isang kapulaan‘. Jeremiah 44:28 ‗Ngunit may Kakaunting-Nakatakas sa itak ang babalik mula sa lupain ng Egypto patungo sa lupain ng Yahuwdah, at lahat ng Natira ng Yahuwdah ay malalaman kung kaninong salita ang mananaig, ang salita nila o ang Aking Sinalita‘.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 27

Kaharian ng Babylonia ay Nagapi ng Kaharian ng Persia

Naka-ukit sa kabundukan ng Iran ang Behistun Rock kung paano ang Kaharian ng Persia ay nagapi ang Kaharian ng Babylonia kasama ang Egypt at kasama ang Yahuwdah ay naging parte ng Kaharian ng Persia. Ang namumuno sa Kaharian ng Persia ay si Cyrus ay nag utos sa isang Royal Decree na pinayagan ang mga Yahuwdah na Bumalik sa Yahrusalem upang itayong muli ang kanilang mga tahanan at ang Templong Sambahan.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 28

Pagbabalik sa Lupang Pangako Ang mga nakabalik sa Yahrusalem ay pinamunuan ni Sheshbazzar at Zerubbabel na kapwa galing sa lahi ng Yahuwdah. Ang gumanap na Pari ay si Ezra na galing sa lahi ni Aaron na may dalang mga aklat ni Moses at Karapatan na ibinigay ni Artaxerxes na Emperador noon ng Persia. Si NehemiYah naman ang naatasan ng Emperador na maging Governador at ipinatupad ang pagganap ng mga Sabbath at Kapistahan ni Yahweh, ipinagbawal ang pag-aasawa ng mga Yahuwdah sa ibang lahi at pinahiwalay ang mga Yahuwdah na nakapag-asawa ng ibang lahi. Ang lupain ng Yahuwdah ay naging isang probinsya ng Persia. Ipinatawag ni Ezra ang lahat sa Kapistahan ng Tabernakulo sa ika-pitung buwan at binasa ang Torah ni Moses na napakinggan ng lahat at ang lahat ay sumumpang susundin muli ang kontrata at kasunduan ni Yahweh at ng mga Yahuwdah.

AKLAT NI MOSES Ang Torah ni Moses o ang aklat ni Moses ay nadala ni Ezra na lahi ni Aaron dahil tanging ang lahi lamang ni Aaron ang may karapatang humawak at mag-ingat noon. Paglipas ng panahon ay nakasama na ang mga teksto at komentaryo ng Israelitang-Pari na HINDI nagmula sa lahi ng Levitang si Aaron, 1 Kings 12:31-32, 1 Kings 13:33-34, at ang teksto at komentaryo ng mga Paring Hindi-Israelita, 2Kings 17:24 , 2Kings 17:27. Sila ay walang maipakitang katunayan na lahi silang Levita na mababasa sa Nehemiah 7:64. Ang Yahweh (J) Text at ang Elohim (E) Text at ang Sacerdotal (P) Text at ang Deuteronomy (D) Text ay magkakasama sa nabuong mga aklat na tinawag ngayon na Torah ni Moses. Mapapansin ang nakasulat sa Torah ni Moses ay inuulit-ulit ng J, E, P at D text. Ang J-Text o Yahweh Text ay mula sa pag-iingat ng mga Levitang lahi ni Aaron, na tanging mga Levitang lahi sa anak ni Aaron lamang ang inatasan ni Yahweh na hahawak at mag-iingat ng mga banal na kasulatan o mga aklat ni Moses (2Samuel 6:6-7, Deuteronomy 10:8, 31:26). Ang E-text o Elohim Text ay mula sa mga Israelitang HindiLevita na itinalagang Pari ni Haring Yeroboam (Jeroboam) (1 Kings 12:31-32, 1 Kings 13:33-34), sila ay hindi naatasan na mag-ingat ng mga kasulatan na tanging Levita na lahi ni Aaron lamang ang may karapatang humawak. Ang P-Text at D-Text ay mula sa mga Pari na nagmula sa limang bansa ng Babylonia, Cuthah, Hamath, Ava, Separvaim (Neh 7:64) na walang talaan na lahi silang Levita at naturuan lamang ng isang ParingIsraelita na Hindi Naman Levita na pinabalik ng Hari ng Assyria sa lupain ng Israel (2Kings 17:27-28).

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 29

Inulit-ulit ang Nakasulat sa Torah ni Moses Genesis 1 ay Elohim (E) Text ay inulit sa Genesis 2 na Yahweh (J) Text, nadagdag ang Sacerdotal (P) Text at Deuteronomy (D) Text Ang istorya nila Adam at Eve at Cain at Abel ay Yahweh (J) Text ay tinutukoy ang pagiging malapit sa anghel (tunay na anghel hindi istatwa), sa mga halaman at pakikipag usap sa ahas. Ang Sacerdotal (P) Text ay walang kwento tungkol dito. At binangit ang henerasyon mula kay Adam hanggang kay Noah. Ang istorya sa naganap na malaking baha sa Yahweh (J) Text ay 40 araw na umulan. Ang Sacerdotal (P) Text ay halos isang taong delubyo. Ang Yahweh (J) Text ay may 14 na malilinis na mga hayop at 2 di-malinis na hayop. Ang Sacerdotal (P) Text ay 2 malinis at 2 di-malinis na hayop. Yahweh (J) Text ay nagpadala si Noah ng 3 kalapati o tatlong beses na nagpalipad ng kalapati, ang Sacerdotal (P) Text ay isang uwak ang pinalipad ni Noah. Ang J-Text at E-Text sa Kontrata ni Abraham sa Genesis 15 ay siningitan ng ibang istorya at sa Genesis 17 naman ang P-Text, lumalabas na dalawang beses nagkita sila Abraham at Yahweh. Mas dramatiko ang J-Text at E-Text sa Exodus 17 nang si Moses ay kumuha ng tubig sa bato, samantalang ang P-Text sa dalawang aklat sa Numbers 20 ay lumalabas na dalawang insidente sa dalawang magkaibang pankakataon o panahon samantalang naganap iyon sa isang lugar sa Meriba at sa isang pagkakataon. Ang Ten Commandment ay inulit muli ni Moses sa Deuteronomy 5 kahit ito ay magkaiba sa Exodus 20. Sa Exodus 20:8-11 Remember the sabbath day to sanctify i t . . . because in six days Yahweh made the heavens and the earth, the sea and ail that is in them, and he rested on the seventh day Therefore Yahweh blessed the sabbath day and sanctified it. Sa Deuteronomy 5:12-15 Ngunit sa Deuteronomy, nang inulit ni Moses : Keep the sabbath day to sanctify i t . . . and you shall remember that you were a slave in the land of Egypt, and Yahweh your God brought you out from there with a strong hand and an outstretched arm. There' fore Yahweh your God commanded you to observe the sabbath day. Ang unang bersyon galing sa P-text, ang dahilan sa pag-iingat sa Sabbath: ‗because God rested on the seventh day‘. Ang ikalawang bersyon mula sa D-Text, ang dahilan sa pag-iingat sa Sabbath: ‗because God freed you from slavery‘. Sa Natagpuang Dead Sea Scroll Sa Dead Sea Scroll na natagpuan ay parehas na hindi itong dalawang bersyon ang dahilan sa pag iingat sa Sabbath: ‗ Sa lahat ng ito ay walang pamamaraan na nag-uutos na pamahalaan ang pag iingat ng Sabbath‘. (In all of this, no one method governs the process). Itong naisulat at iniaral ng P at D Text ay itinuwid ng Messiah na mababasa sa Matthew 12:1-12.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 30

Alexander The Great Nasakop Ang Kaharian ng Persia Itinayo ang Alexandria Library sa Egypt Nasakop ni Alexander the Great ang Kaharian ng Persia na pinaghaharian noon ni Darius III. Nasakop din ni Alexander the Great ang Syria, Egypt, Mesapotamia, Bactria at ang India. Itinatag niya ang Alexandria sa Egypt na sentro ng kanyang kaharian, at ang pumalit sa kanya bilang Pharaoh ay si Ptolemy II Soter ay itinayo naman ang Museum at Library ng Alexandria. Ang kanyang mga General si Ptolemy at Nearchus, Aristobulus at Onesicritus. Siya rin ang naging dahilan ng paglaganap ng mga Grego. Ang mga dokumento mula sa Assyria (kasama ang mga dokumento ng naipatapon noon na mga Israelita sa Assyria), Greece, Persia, Egypt, India at maraming nasyon ay nakalagak sa Alexandria Library at Museum. Maraming scholars ang tumira sa Museum upang mag-saliksik, magsulat, magsalin at maglimbag ng mga dokumento.

Greek Pentateuch Si Ptolemy II ay nagpatawag ng 72 Hebrew scholars at nag utos na isalin sa wikang Grego ang mga Kasulatan ng mga Hebreo ang limang aklat ni Moses na tinawag sa Grego na ‗Pentateuch‘. Sinulatan ni Ptolemy II si Eleazar ang Punong Pari sa Yahrusalem upang maglagay ng anim (6) na Hudyong Tigapagsalin na nanggaling sa bawat Tribo ng Israel (12 x 6 = 72). Tinawag ang unang limang aklat ni Moses na ‗Pentateuch‘ na ibig sabihin ay Limang- aklat.

ROMAN TIME Nasira ang Alexandria Library sa Egypt Tinalo ng mga Romano ang mga Grego at nasira ang Alexandria Library sa pag-kubkub ng mga Romano sa Alexandria na sentro ng mga Grego.

GREEK PENTATEUCH NAGING LATIN SEPTUAGINT Ipinagpatuloy ni Ptolemy ang pagsasalin ng 72 Hebrew scholars ng limang aklat ni Moses sa Hebrew ay isinasalin sa wikang Grego at ang iba pang mga Kasulatan ng mga Hebreo ay idinagdag dito. Paglipas ng panahon nadagdag na ang iba-iba pang mga aklat sa Hebreo ay ipinasalin na rin sa wikang Grego at maraming beses itong neribisa sa pagkakasalin sa wikang Grego at ang ‗Pentateuch‘ na nakasama na ang iba-iba pang aklat na Hebreo naisalin sa Lumang-Wikang Grego ay isinalin muli sa Makabagong-Wikang Koine Greek. Ang Lumang-Wikang Gregong ‗Pentateuch‘ (ibig sabihin ay Limang-Aklat) (Pinaka-lumang Greek Septuagint bersyon Symmachus ang Ebionite‘s bersyon) ay naisalin naman sa wikang Latin at tinawag na Septuagint sa Latin o LXX (dahil hindi na ito Limang Aklat kundi marami na) na siya namang pinagbasehan ng mga bersyon ng Slavonic, Syriac, Old Armenian, Old Georgian at Coptic na

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 31

bersyon. At ito rin ang mga pinagbasehan ng mga Apostolic Fathers at Christian New Testament. Samantala ang Makabagong -Wikang Koine Greek bersyon ay nirebisa at isinalin sa ‗Aquila‘ ng Sinope‘s Greek bersyon. Ang Septuagint o LXX ay ang pinagbasehan na ―PINANIWALAAN‖ (canon) at ang iba pang aklat na idinagdag na mga sulat ng mga Propeta kagaya ng aklat na Maccabees, Wisdom of Ben Sira, Daniel at Esther ay mas mahaba pa sa Masoretic Text. Ang ilan na bagong dagdag, ang aklat na Wisdom of Solomon, 2 Macabees at iba pa ay galing sa orihinal na Gregong pagkakasulat. Hindi naisama sa Septuagint ang sikat na mga aklat na ‗Enosh o Jubilees‘ at iba pang mga kasulatan. Ang Septuagint ay galing sa salitang Latin na ibig sabihin ay ‗pitumpong tigapagsalin‘ o LXX. Sumunod na panahon ay masusing nirebisa at isinalin sa Makabagong Greek bersyon na tinawag na ‗Aquila, Symmachus at Theodotion. Ang tatlong ito ang Mas-makabagong Greek bersyon ng kasulatang Septuagint na hango sa Pentateuch na hango sa aklat ni Moses sa Hebreo at iba pang nadagdag na mga aklat sa Hebreo at Grego.

ANG MGA PINANINIWALAAN NG MGA GREGO AT ROMANO NA MGA ALAMAT BAGO REBISAHIN ANG PENTATEUCH GREEK O SEPTUAGINT LATIN OLD TESTAMENT NG MGA GREGO AT ROMANONG MANUNULAT

ALAMAT NI MYTHRA (1200 B.C.E.) Si Mythra ng Persia ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‗Nabuhay Na Muli‘ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI ATTIS (1200 B.C.E.) Si Attis ng Gresya ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‗Nabuhay Na Muli‘ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI KRISHNA (900 B.C.E.) Si Krishna ng India ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‗Nabuhay Na Muli‘ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI TAMMUZ Ezekiel 8:14 (597 B.C.E) Si Nimrod II ay tinawag naTammuz ng mga Babylonia, Azur naman ang tawag ng mga Asyrian, at Osiris naman ang tawag ng mga Egyptian. Si Nimrod II ay napatay at ang kanyang asawa ay nagbuntis sa ibang lalaki at pinalabas na ang bata ay si Nimrod II na „NABUHAY NA MULI‟. Mula noon ang Alamat na ito ay naging bantog sa mga Alamat ng Griyego at Romano kahanay nila Jupiter at Zeus.

ALAMAT NI HORUS (300 B.C.E.) Si Horus ng Egypt ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at „Nabuhay Na Muli‟ sa ikatlong araw.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 32

NAKILALA NG MARAMING TAO SI YAHSHU‟A ANG MESSIAH NA TAGA NAZARETH NA MAY 12 DISIPOLO Ang pangalan ni Yahshu‘a ang Messiah ng Nazareth ay pangalang Hebreo ay isinusulat sa Aramaic na Yeshu‘a na ang pagbigkas ay Yah-shu‘a. Ang Aramaic ang umiiral na pangkalahatang wika sa Yahrusalem noong panahong iyon. Mula sa Aramaic ay isinalin ito sa wikang Grego na IESOUS na binibigkas na ‗Yeh-soos‘ at nang maisalin ang Gregong pangalan sa Latin ay naging IESUS na binibigkas sa Latin na ‗Yay-soos‘. Nang maimbento ang letrang ‗J‘ ay naging JESUS na bigkas ay ‗Jey-zus‘.

MARAMING BESES SINIRA ANG ALEXANDRIA LIBRARY Si Theophilus ay Patriarka ng Alexandria noong 385 hanggang 412 A.D. ang mga Hudyo, Christian at pagano ay sama-samang naninirahan sa Alexandria. Nagkaroon ng pagkaka-alitan sila-sila at nawasak na naman ang Alexandria. Ang huling sinisisi sa pagkakasunog sa Alexandria ay si Moslem Caliph Omar noong 640 A.D. pagkatapos na malaman niya na nasa Alexandria ang lahat ng kasulatan at talino sa mundo na kumokontra sa Koran ay lahat ng aklat sa Alexandria ay sinunog na tumagal ng halos anim na buwan.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 33

SAAN GALING ANG NEW TESTAMENT? Si Origen noong 235 A.D. na isang Christian scholar ng Alexandria ay binuo ang ‗Hexapla‟ na binubuo ng anim na hanay na sa unang hanay ang bersyong Hebrew Text. Sa unang hanay ay Hebreo at sa ikalawang hanay ay Hebrew sa Greek bersyon at ang ikatlong hanay ay ang Makabagong Greek bersyon na Aquila ng Sinope‘s Greek bersyon, ika-apat ang Pinaka-lumang (Pentateuch) Greek Septuagint bersyon Symmachus ang Ebionite‘s bersyon, ang ika-lima ay ang LXX o Septuagint na pinagsama-sama ang lahat ng Greek bersyon na may mga paliwanag kung saang bersyon ito nagmula. Ang ika-limang hanay na kumbinasyon ng pinagsamasamang bersyon ng Greek ay kinopya ng marami beses at isinalin muli ngunit tinanggal ang mga paliwanag kung saang bersyon nagmula, at ang Lumang Greek bersyon ng Septuagint ay hindi isinama sa pagkakasalin. Ang pang-anim ay ang Theodotion bersyon. Itong mga pinagsama-samang mga teksto ay naging unang paniniwala ng mga Christian rebisyon ng Septuagint na tinawag na “HEXAPLAR RECENSION”. Ang New Testament o Tinatawag na Greek New Testament o Greek Scriptures

Ang orihinal na indibidwal na aklat ay naisulat noong 45 A.D. sa Koine Greek dahil iyan ang pangkalahatang wikang umiiral noong panahong iyon sa Emperyo ng Roman. Nagmula ang ilan sa Hebreo at Greek na sulatin. Ang Rylands Papyrus 52 ay pangkalahatang tinanggap na pinaka- unang naitalang New Testament na umiidad noong 117 A.D at 138 A.D.

NAKILALANG MGA CHURCH FATHERS: Ang mga Church Fathers ay ang mga naunang maimpluwensyang manunulat sina Clement ng Rome, Ignatius ng Antioch at Polycarp ng Smyrna. Ang kasulatan na Didache at Shepherd of Hermas ay kasulatan ng mga Church Fathers ngunit hindi lang alam kung sino ang sumulat. Si Clement ng Roma ay sinulat ang 1 Clement noong 96 A.D., siya ay nanawagan sa mananampalataya ng Corinto. Si Ignatius ng Antioch ay istudyante ng Desipolong si John (YahYah) ay sumulat sa mga naunang Christians bago siya patayin sa Roma. Binanggit siya sa mga sulat ni Apostol Pablo.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 34

Polycarp ng Smyrna ay isang Bishop ng Smyrna (ngayon ay Izmir, Turkey). Siya ay Desipolo ni John (YahYah) na anak ni Zebedee na pinaniniwalaan na sumulat ng ika-apat na Gospel. Samantalang si Eusebius na ipinagpipilitan na si Polycarp ay kasama ni John the Evangelist. Si Polycarp ay pinakiusapan si Anicetus na Bishop ng Rome na ipagdiwang ang Easter sa 14 Nisan ay hindi siya pumayag, kahit sa paggamit sa kalendaryo ng mga taga Kanluran. Si Polycarp ay pinatay ng mga taga Smyrna noong 155 A.D. Hindi siya nasunog sa apoy na pinaglagyan sa kanya, kaya siya ay sinaksak hanggang mamatay at dahil sa dugo niya ay namatay ang apoy sa kanyang paligid.

GREEK FATHERS: Clement ng Rome, Irenaeus ng Lyons, Clement ng Alexandria, Athanasius ng Alexandria, John Chrysostom, Cyril ng Alexandria ang Cappadocian Fathers (Basil ng Caesarea, Gregory Nazianzus, Peter ng Sebaste & Gregory ng Nyssa), at Maximus ang Confessor.

Irenaeus ng Lyons Saint Irenaeus, (b. 2nd century; d. end of 2nd/beginning of 3rd century) ay Bishop ng Lugdunum sa Gaul, sa ngayon ay Lyons, France. Siya ay disipolo ni Polycarp. Siya ang unang tumanggap na ang apat na Gospel ay katanggap-tanggap na piliin, noon nagsimula ang pagkalikha ng New Testament noong 180 A.D.

Clement ng Alexandria Clement of Alexandria (Titus Flavius Clemens) (c.150-211/216), ay kaanib ng iskwelahan at simbahan ng Alexandria. Sinulat niya ang Clement of Alexandria.

Origen of Alexandria Origen, o Origen Adamantius (c 185 - c254) isa sa mga naunangChristian eskolar at isang Egyptian na nagtuturo sa Alexandria kung saan nagturo rin si Clement. Ang Patriarka ng Alexandria una ay sumusuporta sa kanya ngunit siya ay tinanggal dahil naordinahan ng walang permiso ng Patriarka. Sa kanyang kaalaman sa Hebreo itinuwid niya ang Septuagint at sumulat ng mga komentaryong napasama nang isalin sa mga aklat sa Biblia. Sa kanya si Yahweh ay hindi makapangyarihan kundi isa lamang Unang Prinsipyo at ang antas ng Messiah ay mas mababa, ang kanyang pagkaka- unawa sa Trinity ang pre-existence ng kaluluwa ay idineklara na isang paglait. Sumulat siya ng mahigit 6,000 aklat. Si Origen noong 235 A.D. na isang Christian scholar ng Alexandria ay binuo ang ‗Hexapla‟ na binubuo ng anim na hanay na sa unang hanay ang bersyong Hebrew Text. Sa unang hanay ay Hebreo at sa ikalawang hanay ay Hebrew sa Greek bersyon at ang ikatlong hanay ay ang Makabagong Greek bersyon na Aquila ng Sinope‘s Greek bersyon, ika-apat ang Pinaka-lumang Greek Septuagint bersyon Symmachus ang Ebionite‘s bersyon, ang ika-lima ay ang LXX o

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 35

Septuagint na pinagsama-sama ang lahat ng Greek bersyon na may mga paliwanag kung saang bersyon ito nagmula. Ang ika-limang hanay na kumbinasyon ng pinagsama-samang bersyon ng Greek ay kinopya ng marami at isinalin muli ngunit tinanggal ang mga paliwanag kung saang bersyon nagmula, at ang Lumang Greek bersyon ng Septuagint ay hindi isinama sa pagkakasalin. Ang pang-anim ang Theodotion bersyon. Itong pinagsama-samang mga teksto ay naging unang paniniwala ng mga Christian rebisyon ng Septuagint na tinawag na “HEXAPLAR RECENSION”. Si Philo at Josephus ay nagtiwala at pinagbasehan ang Septuagint sa kanilang mga sinulat na patungkol sa mga kasulatan ng Hudyo.

MGA AKLAT NG NEW TESTAMENT Maraming aklat ang unti-unting nakolekta upang maging isang aklat ang Greek New Testament na binubuo ng 27 aklat. Ang pinagbasehan nito ay ang ―Hexaplar Recension‖ na Greek bersyon, Apat na aklat ay ang Gospel, isa dito ay salaysay ng sina-unang paniniwala ng mga Apostol na sinulat ni Luke na isa sa gumawa ng Gospel, 21 sulat at Apocalyptic prophecy.

Gospels Bawat isa sa Gospel ay nagsasalaysay ng naging takbo ng buhay ni Iesous ( Jesus) ng Nazareth. Ang mga nagsulat ay inakala na sina:    

Ang Gospel ni Matthew, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle Matthew, anak ni Alphaeus ayon kay Papias, ( Gospel according to the Hebrews) Clement ng Alexandria, Irenaeus at Eusebius. Ang Gospel ni Mark, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Mark the Evangelist, na sumulat sa mga koleksyon ni Apostle Simon Peter ayon kay Papias, Clement ng Alexandria, Irenaeus, Eusebius. Ang Gospel ni Luke, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Luke, isang Doktor at nakasama ni Apostle Paul ayon kay Clement ng Alexandria, Irenaeus, Eusebius, Canon Muratori. Ang Gospel of John, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle John, anak ni Zebedee ayon kay Papias, Clement ng Alexandria, Irenaeus, Eusebius, Canon Muratori, Codex Vaticanus Alexandrinus.



Book of Acts of the Apostles Ang aklat ng Gawa ng mga Apostol (The book of Acts of the Apostles), ay kadugtong ng Gospel ni Lukas ayon kay Clement ng Alexandria, Eusebius, Canon Muratori.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 36

Mga Sulat ni Saulo (Paul) Ang mga sulat ni Paul (or Corpus Paulinum) ay tradisyon na sinulat ni Paul.).             

Epistle to the Romans First Epistle to the Corinthians Second Epistle to the Corinthians Epistle to the Galatians Epistle to the Ephesians Epistle to the Philippians Epistle to the Colossians First Epistle to the Thessalonians Second Epistle to the Thessalonians First Epistle to Timothy Second Epistle to Timothy Epistle to Titus Epistle to Philemon



Epistle to the Hebrews – sinabi ni Origen (254 A.D.) "ang mga tao noon ay ibinigay kay Paul ang epistle na ito ngunit ang sumulat ay ang Lumikha lamang ang nakakaalam) ngunit maraming eskolars ang naniniwala na sinulat ito noon ni Paul.

General Epistles

Kasama ang mga sulat sa mga simbahan,(catholic ang ibig sabihin ay universal).       

Epistle of James, sa tradisyon sinulat ni James, kapatid ni Iesous (Jesus ) at Jude Thomas. First Epistle of Peter, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle Simon, tinawag na Peter. Second Epistle of Peter, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle Simon, tinawag na Peter. First Epistle of John, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle John, anak ni Zebedee. Second Epistle of John, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle John, anak ni Zebedee. Third Epistle of John, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle John, anak ni Zebedee. Epistle of Jude, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle Jude Thomas, kapatid ni Iesous(Jesus) at James.

Revelation Ang huling aklat ng Biblia sa New Testament ay ang Book of Revelation, sa tradisyon ay sinulat ni Apostle John of Patmos, ang aklat na ito ay hindi binabasa ng Eastern Orthodox church.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 37

PAGKAKAAYOS NG MGA AKLAT SA NEW TESTAMENT Ang mga aklat ng New Testament ay iba ang pagkakaayos sa bawat religion. Sa Protestant Bibles ay gumaya sa Roman Catholic na pagkakaayos ngunit ang Lutheran ay iba ang pagkakaayos. Sa labas ng Western European Catholic/Protestant ay iba rin ang pagkakaayos sa Slavonic, Syriac at Ethiopian Bibles (Gospels, Acts, Catholic epistles, Pauline epistles, at Apocalypse).

Apocrypha Ang mga Apocrypha na mga aklat ang Gospel of Thomas ang Epistle to the Laodiceans. Ang 4th century Codex Sinaiticus ay isinama ang Old at New Testaments ang Epistle of Barnabas at The Shepherd of Hermas. Ang Pinagtatalunang Sulatin, ang Epistle of James at kay Jude, at second epistle of Peter, at lahat ng second at third of John, nagdududa sila kung ito ay ginawa niya o ng ibang tao na parehas ang pangalan. Ang Acts of Paul, at ang Shepherd, at ang Apocalypse of Peter, at ang epistle of Barnabas, at ang Teachings of the Apostles. Ang Apocalypse of John, at ang Gospel according to the Hebrews... ay ang mga pinagtatalunang mga aklat. Ang mga aklat na Gospels of Peter, ni Thomas, ni Matthias, at ang ilan at ang Acts of Andrew at John at nang ibang Apostoles ay napatunayan na mga kathang isip lamang kaya hindi sila naisama sa New Testament. Noong 1611 A.D. King James Version sa English New Testament ay naisalin mula sa Textus Receptus, texto mula sa bagong edisyon ni Erasmus' na nailathala sa Greek New Testament na lumalabas na binasehan ay ang tipo ng Byzantine text. Karamihan sa modernong English bersyon ng New Testament ay binase sa kritikal na pagbuo ng Greek text, kagaya ng Nestle-Alands' Novum Testamentum Graece o Greek New Testament o United Bible Societies'.

Mga Bagong Idinagdag na Texto sa New Testament       

Matt 16:2b-3 Mark 16:9-20 Luke 22:19b-20,43–44 John 5:4 John 7:53-8:11 1 John 5:7b–8a Romans 16:24

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 38

Christian New Testament Sa sumunod na panahon dalawang pangunahing pinag-ingatang rebisyon ang pinagbasehan ni Lucian at Hesychius, ito ay pinatunayan ni Jerome. Ito rin ang pinagbasehan at palaging binabanggit sa Christian New Testament. Masoretic Text ay Hebrew text na siyang Biblia (Tanakh) ng mga Hudyo na naisulat noong 700 A.D. hanggang 1000 A.D. Ito rin ang pinagbasehan ng mga Protestanteng Biblia at ganoon din ng mga Katolikong Biblia. Pope Theonas of Alexandria ay ang Punong Papa ng Alexandria na naging Coptic Church at ang Greek Church ng Alexandria noong 282 hanggang 300 A.D. Pope Achillas of Alexandria ang pang 18 Papa ng Coptic Orthodox Church at ng Greek Church ng Alexandria noong 312 hanggang 313 A.D. Si Achillas naman ay inordinahan na Pari ni Pierius, at naging lider ng Catechetical School of Alexandria sa pagkawala ni Pierius na naging martir ng Alexandria. Siya ay kasing galing sa Greek philosophy at theological science kapantay ni Athanasius ng Alexandria at tinawag siyang "Achillas the Great". Siya ang pumalit pagkamatay ni Peter ng Alexandria sa kapanahunan ng Pagpapahirap ni Diocletian . Minana niya ang mga problema ng simbahan kagaya ng Meletian heresy at ang patuloy na alitan sa Arianism. Sa pamumuno ni Achillas bilang Patriarka, siya ay naimpluwensyahan ng mga sumusuporta kay Arius upang tanggalin ang suspensyon kay Arius. Sa resulta nito ay ibinalik si Arius bilang Pari sa Bucalis na isang pinakamatanda at maimpluwensyang simbahan sa Alexandria.

EMPEROR CONSTANTINE Caesar Flavius Valerius Aurelius Constantinus Augustus (27 February c. 272 – 22 May 337), commonly known in English as Constantine I, Constantine the Great, or (among Eastern Orthodox, Coptic Orthodox, Oriental Orthodox and Byzantine Catholic Christians) Saint Constantine (pronounced /ˈkɒnstɛntaɪn/), was Roman emperor from 306, and the sole holder of that office from 324 until his death in 337A.D. Kilala bilang kauna-unahang Roman Emperor na naging Christian , at binigyang laya ang mga religion sa kanyang nasasakupang emperyo. Ginawa siya at ang kanyang ina si Reyna Helena bilang Santo ng Eastern Orthodox Church at Eastern Catholic Churches of Byzantine. Sa Latin Church kahit hindi siya ginawang santo ngunit siya ay tinawag nila na ―Constantine The great‖ sa kanyang kontribusyon sa Christianity. Si Constantine ay ginawa ang sina-unang Greek colony ng Byzantium bilang bagong imperial residence ang Constantinople na nanatiling kapital ng Byzantine Empire sa loob ng 1,000 taon.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 39

50 KOPYA NG BIBLIA NI CONSTANTINE Noong 322 A.D. inutusan ni Emperor Constantine si Eusebius na gumawa ng 50 kopya ng Banal na Kasulatan na ginawa ng Kilalang-Manunulat at isulat na maliwanag na madaling maintindihan at sa tatlo o apat na kopya ay ihatid sa kanya upang siyasatin at gamitin ang dalawang karwahe ng kaharian sa paghahatid. Si Eusebius ay kumuha ng mga aklat sa kanyang lugar sa Caesarea ng mga bagong-salin na mga aklat mula sa Hexaplar Recension na nagmula sa sulat ni Origen na ―Hexapla”. Ang 27 aklat na pinagbasehan ay ang rebisyon ng ―HEXAPLAR RECENSION”.

The Bibles of Constantine There is another piece of evidence that bears on the subject of the canon - even though we may not know how to interpret it. About the year 322 CE, the emperor Constantine, wishing to promote and organize Christian worship in the growing number of churches in Constantinople, directed Eusebius to have 50 copies of the sacred Scriptures made by practiced scribes and written legibly on prepared parchment. At the same time the emperor informed him, in a letter still preserved to us, that everything necessary for doing this was placed at his command, among other things two public carriages for conveying the completed manuscripts to the emperor for his personal inspection. According to Eusebius: Such were the emperor's commands, which were followed by the immediate execution of the work itself, which we sent him in magnificent and elaborately bound volumes of a threefold and fourfold form. (Vita Const. 4.36.37) The exact meaning of the concluding words has been taken in a half dozen different senses. Two of the most popular are, that the pages had 'three or four columns of script', or that as the copies were completed, they were sent off for the emperor's inspection 'three or four at a time'. The astonishing thing is that Eusebius, who took care to tell us at some length about the fluctuations of opinion in regard to certain books, has not one word to say regarding the choice he made on this important occasion. Of course, 50 magnificent copies, all uniform, could not but exercise a great influence on great influence on future copies, at least within the bounds of the patriarchate of Constantinople, and would help forward the process of arriving at a commonly accepted New Testament in the East. Some have suggested that the codex Sinaiticus is one of the 50 bibles commissioned by Constantine, but its Alexandrian type of text makes this unlikely.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 40

στἰχος) belonged. Perhaps the voluminous Hexapla was never copied in its entirety, but Origen's combined text ("the fifth column") was copied frequently, eventually without the editing marks, and the older uncombined text of the LXX was neglected. Thus this combined text became the first major Christian recension of the LXX, often called the Hexaplar recension. In the century following Origen, two other major recensions were identified by Jerome, who attributed these to Lucian and Hesychius.

Alexander Bishop ng Alexandria Alexander ng Alexandria ay pang 19 na Patriarka ng Alexandria mula 313 A.D. hanggang pagkamatay niya noong 326 A.D. siya ang nagtala ng Easter, siya ay ang lider na kontra sa Arianism sa First Council of Nicaea. Siya rin ang adviser ni Athanasius ng Alexandria na pumalit sa kanya bilang lider ng Church fathers.

Athanasius ng Alexandria Athanasius ng Alexandria (c 293-2 May 373) isang theologian, pumalit kay Bishop Alexander ng Alexandria, Pope ng Alexandria, ay isang Egyptian. Siya ay kilala sa aral niyang Trinity.

Arius Arius (AD ca. 250 or 256 - 336) isang Paring Christian mula sa Alexandria, Egypt ang nagpasimuno ng Arianism. Siya ay mula sa Libya na sakop pa ng Egypt, ang kanyang ama ay si Ammonius. Si Arius ay estudyante ni Saint Lucian ng Antioch. Siya ay na excommunikado ni Bishop Peter ng Alexandria sa kanyang pagsuporta sa paniniwala ni Meletius. Si Bishop Peter ay pinalitan ni Bishop Achillas ay muling tinanggap bilang Pari si Arius sa simbahan ng Baucalis sa distrito ng Alexandria.. Noong 318 A.D. nakipagtalo siya sa kanyang Bishop si Alexander ng Alexandria na pumalit kay Bishop Achillas. Ipinilit niya na si Iesous ( Jesus) "ang Son of God," ay hindi katulad o hindi parehas na mananatili magpakailanman (co-eternal) kagaya ng God the Father, at minsan binanggit niya na hindi tutuo ang Iesous (Jesus). Si Arius kasama ang kanyang tigasunod na mga Pari ay na excommunikado, ngunit ang debate ay nagpatuloy sa Eastern Roman Empire. Maraming bishops lalo na ang mga nakapag-aral kay Lucian ng Antioch ay naniwala kay Arius. Sa panahong iyon si Constantine I ay ang naging Emperador ng Silanganan noong 324 A.D. at ang mga debate ay matitindi sa panahong iyon. Maraming sinulat si Arius ngunit walang natira, inutos ni Emperor Constantine ang pagsunog sa lahat ng sulat ni Arius at ang mga natira sa sinulat ni Arius ay sinira ng mga nakalaban ni Arius. Ang tatlong natira sa sinulat ni Arius ang sulat niya kay Alexander ng Alexandria na naitago ng mga Athanasius, On the Councils of Arminum and Seleucia, 16; Epiphanius, Refutation of All Heresies, 69.7; and Hilary, On the Trinity, 4.12), Ang sulat niya kay Eusebius ng Nicomedia (as recorded by Epiphanius, Refutation of All Heresies, 69.6 and Theodoret, Church History, 1.5) .

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 41

Ang kanyang kumpisal kay Constantine (as recorded in Socrates Scholasticus, Church History 1.26.2 and Sozomen, Church History 2.27.6-10).

COUNCIL OF NICAEA Noong 325 A.D. si Emperor Constantine ay binuo ang Council of Nicaea . Sa 1,800 na Bishop na imbitado, 318 na Bishop lamang ang nakadalo. Natalo sa debate si Arius at si Athanasius na ipinadala ni Bishop Alexander ng Alexandria ang pinanigan ni Constantine na ang itinuturo ay ang Trinity. Ang pananatili ni Athanasius ay hindi tumagal nang namatay si Bishop Alexander sa Alexandria noong 327 A.D., pinalitan siya ni Athanasius bilang Bishop. Si Eustathius ng Antioch na sumusuporta kay Athanasius ay natanggal dahil sa pakikipagtalo ka Eusebius ng Caesaria. Si Marcellus ng Ancyra na isa pang kakampi ni Athanasius ay kinasuhan ng Sabellianism sa kanyang pag-depensa sa Nicene Christology ay tinanggal noong 336 A.D. Si Eusebius ng Nicomedia naman ay pinagbuntunan ng galit, si Athanasius ay sumulat kay Emperor Constantine at pinabalik ni Emperor Constantine si Arius na nagtatago sa Palestine. Inutusan din ni Constantine si Athanasius na tanggaping muli si Arius sa komunyon, ngunit hindi pumayag si Athanasius kaya si Athanasius ay na exile sa Trier. Ipinatawag si Arius ni Constantine upang husgahan at inutusan si Alexander ng Constantinople na muling tanggapin si Arius sa komunyon, ngunit sa huling araw na dapat magkomunyon si Arius ay bigla itong namatay. Ang sinabi ng mga kalaban ni Arius ay ‗himala o miracle‘, samantalang sinabi ni Constantine ay ‗pinaslang o murder‘ dahil si Arius ay nilason ng kanyang mga kalaban. Ang mga panig kay Arius sina Eusebius ng Nicomedia at Eusebius ng Caesarea ay maimpluwensya ay ipinaglaban ang mga doktrina ni Arius.

Doktrina ni Arius Na ang makapangyarihan (God) ay hindi laging ang Ama (Father) kundi may panahon na hindi siya Ama, at ang mga salita ng Makapangyarihan (God) ay hindi Magpakailanman (Eternity) kundi galing lang sa wala. Dahil ang Nananatiling Makapangyarihan (Existing God) sa (‗the I AM‘—the eternal One) ay ginawa dahil hindi siya dati nang nag- e-exist. (made him who did not previously exist) na nagmula sa wala, at ang Anak ay Nilikha o isang ginawa. Hindi siya ang Ama kundi isa lang na Nilikha ng Kanyang gawa at mali na tawaging Salita at Talino dahil isa rin siyang Nilikha ng Salita ng Maykapal, na kung saan ay nilikha ng Ama ang lahat kasama siya. Kaya sa kanyang natural na pagkatao ay makadadanas ng pagbabago kagaya ng lahat ng nilikha. Ang Salita ay iba sa Ama at ang Ama ay hindi kayang ipaliwanag ng Anak at hindi niya nakikita at ang Salita ay hindi kilala ang Ama at di nakikita. Ang Anak ay hindi alam ang natural na pagkakakilanlan ng kanyang sarili dahil siya ay nilikha dahil sa atin upang likhain tayo sa pamamagitan niya, kagaya ng instrumento. Nilikha Siya ng Ama dahil ninais ng Ama na likhain tayo.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 42

Emperor Constantine Nagpabautismo sa Arian Priest Ang asawa ni Constantine si Constantina ay naniniwala sa aral ni Arius. Si Emperor Constantine ang kauna-unahang Roman Emperor na naging Christian. Siya ay nabautismuhan ni Eusebius ng Nicomedia na isang Arian Priest.

Eusebius of Nicomedia (died 341) was the man who baptised Constantine. He was a bishop of Berytus (modern-day Beirut) in Phoenicia, then of Nicomedia where the imperial court resided in Bithynia, and finally of Constantinople from 338 up to his death.

Ang Mga Sumunod na Mga Bishop ng Alexandria Cyril ng Alexandria Cyril ng Alexandria (ca. 378 - 444) ay Bishop ng Alexandria sa kapanahunan ng kasikatan ng Emperyo ng Romano ". John Chrysostom John Chrysostom (c 347– c 407), Pangunahing Bishop ng Constantinople, sinulat niya ang Divine Liturgy of St. John Chrysostom . Cappadocian Fathers Ang mga eskolar sina Saint Macrina the Younger , Basil the Great, Gregory of Nyssa at Peter of Sebaste na naging Bishop ng Sebaste. Ang mga eskolar kasama ang kanilang kaibigan si Gregory Nazianzus ay ipinakita na ang mga Christian ay kayang makipag usap sa mga mataas ang aral na nagsasalita ng Grego kahit na ang kanilang paniniwala ay talihis kay Plato at Aristotle at iba pang Pilosopong Grego ay nakapag-dagdag ng malaki sa pagkaka-kilala sa Trinity na tinapos sa First Council of Constantinople noong 381 A.D at ang pinal na bersyon ng Nicene Creed. Mga Latin Fathers Ang mga sumulat sa wikang Latin ay ang tinawag na Latin Fathers sila Tertullian, si Cyprian ng Carthage, si Gregory the Great, si Augustine ng Hippo, si Ambrose ng Milan, at si Jerome.

Tertullian Promotor ng Tawag na Old Testament at New Testament Quintus Septimius Florens Tertullianus (c 160 - c 225), ay naging Christian noong 197 A.D. ay isang manunulat at theologian ay isang anak ng Romanong Centurion. Siya ay isang abogado sa Roma at binansagang ―Father of the Latin Church‖. Siya ang nag lunsad ng salitang ―Trinitas‖ ng Christian Devine Trinity sa wikang Latin kahit na nauna ng naisulat ni Theophilus of Antioch (c. 115 - c. 183) na nagmula sa Koine Greek at ang ―vetus testamentum (Old Testament) at "novum testamentum" (New Testament). Siya rin ang nauna na tumawag ng "vera religio", na naging sistema ng Religion ng Roman Empire at iba pang tinanggap na Kulto na tinawag na "superstitions". Sa sumunod na panahon sumali siya sa sektang Montanists na kontra sa umiiral na paniniwala.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 43

Cyprian ng Carthage Saint Cyprian (Thascius Caecilius Cyprianus) ay bishop ng Carthage ay isang importanteng manunulat na ipinanganak sa Carthage na naging Bishop noong 249 A.D. Ambrose ng Milan Saint Ambrose (c. 338 – 4 April 397), ay bishop ng Milan na naging maimpluwensya at isa sa apat na orihinal na Doctors of the Church. Jerome of Stridonium Saint Jerome (c 347 – September 30, 420) ay kilala na translator ng Biblia sa Latin mula sa Grego at Hebreo na gumawa ng Vulgate Bible na ginagamit ng Roman Catholic Church. Siya ay tinawag na Doctor of the Church. Augustine ng Hippo Saint Augustine (November 13, 354 – August 28, 430), ay ipinanganak sa Algeria ay naging Bishop ng Hippo, isang philosopher at theologian ay isang Latin Father at Doctor of the Church. Siya ay importante sa paglaganap ng Western Christianity. Siya ay naimpluwensyahan ng Platonism. Ang mga ginawa niya ay ipinagpatuloy ni Pope Gregory the Great. Gregory the Great Saint Gregory I the Great (c. 540 – March 12, 604) ay ang pope mula September 3, 590 A.D. hanggang mamatay. Kilala rin siya bilang Gregorius Dialogus (Gregory the Dialogist) sa Eastern Orthodoxy ay Doctor of the Church at pang apat sa great Latin Fathers of the Church (ang ibang Latin Fathers sina Ambrose, Augustine, at Jerome). Apologetic Fathers Sina St. Justin Martyr, Tatian, Athenagoras of Athens, Hermias at Tertullian.

Ang Pangalawang Council of Nicea noong 787 A.D. Ang ika-pitong Economical Council ng Roman Catholic sa Nicaea (Iznik sa Turkey) ay ibinalik ang pagpuri sa mga imahen na pinatigil noong panahon ng Byzantine Empire sa panahon ni Leo III. Modern positions Sa Roman Catholic Church, si St. John ng Damascus, na nabuhay noong ika-walong siglo ay ang pinaka-huling Church Fathers at ang una sa susunod na Church writers, scholasticism. Si St. Bernard ay isa pa rin sa huling Church Fathers.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 44

PINAGMULAN NG ENGLISH BIBLE Mula sa Hexaplar Recension ay isinalin ito sa English Hexapla na New Testament ng Wiclif's Bible noong 1380 A.D., William Tyndale's Bible noong 1534A.D., Cranmer's the Great Bible noong 1539 A.D., ang Geneva Bible noong 1557 A.D., Rheims Bible noong 1582 A.D., at ang Authorised, o King James Bible noong 1611 A.D., at naisalin na sa kasalukuyang New King James Bible, NIV Bible, Holy Bible, Catholic Bible.

The English Hexapla is an edition of the New Testament in Greek, along with what were considered the six most important English language translations in parallel columns underneath, preceded by a detailed history of English translations and translators by S. P. Tregelles. The six English language translations provided are Wiclif's (1380), William Tyndale's (1534), Cranmer's (the Great Bible 1539), the Geneva Bible (1557), Rheims (1582), and the Authorised, or King James Bible, (1611). The term "hexapla" signifies "six-fold" or "six-columned", and describes the arrangement of the six English versions underneath the Greek text in the book. The term "hexapla" is also applied to Origen's 3rd century edition of the Old Testament, which present six versions of the old testament, in Hebrew, Hebrew in Greek letters, Aquila of Sinope's Greek version, Symmachus the Ebionite's version, the LXX or Septuagint, and Theodotion's version. The English Hexapla was published by Samuel Bagster and Sons, of Paternoster Row, London, who are described on the title page as being a "warehouse for Bibles, New Testaments, Prayerbooks, Lexicons, Grammars, Concordances, and Psalters, in ancient and modern languages." It was published in 1841

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 45

Protestant Ang Protestant religioun kahit na nagbase sa Sola Scriptura (the principle that the Bible itself is the ultimate authority in doctrinal matters), ang unang Protestant reformers, kagaya ng Catholic at Orthodox churches, ay nagbase sa theological interpretations ng scripture na itinatag ng mga naunang Church Fathers. Ang orihinal na Lutheran Augsburg Confession ng 1531 A.D. at ang Formula of Concord ng 1576-1584 ay kagaya ng doktrina ng First Council of Nicea. Ang John Calvin's French Confession of Faith of 1559 A.D. ay naglahad ng mga naitatag na ng sina-unang council. Binigyan nila ng importansya ang Tradisyon at ang Interpretasyon ng mga sina-unang Fathers kagaya ng Paleo-Orthodoxy. Ang American Protestant ay ang United Methodist Church, Presbyterian Church USA, Episcopal Church, at ang Evangelical Lutheran Church in America, ay iba ang doktrina at nag ordina ng babaeng pastora at pati homosexual. Sila ay di naniniwala sa mga naunang simbahan at naniniwala na ang lahat ay pwedeng dumerekta sa Maykapal kaya hindi na kailangan ng guidance o doktrina ng simbahan.

Latter-day Saints Ang mga kaanib ng The Church of Jesus Christ of Latter-day Saints (o Mormons) ay tinatanggap ang Biblia kasama ang New Testament bilang salita ng Maykapal kung ito ay naisalin ng tama.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 46

Messianic Judaism Messianic Judaism ay kagaya ng pagkilala ng maraming evangelical Protestants sa atoridad ng New Testament.

Dead Sea Scroll Ang natagpuan noong 1947 A.D. na maraming kasulatan sa Dead Sea Scroll lalo na ang mga nakasulat sa Aramaic ay mas malapit at mas pumapabor sa Septuagint kaysa Masoretic text. Sa simula noong 200 A.D. ang mga Hudyo ay maraming dahilan kaya hindi ginamit ang Septuagint, dahil ang mga naunang mga Hentil (hindi tuli Epeso 2:11) na Christian ay pinaniniwalaan at ginagamit ang Septuagint dahil hindi sila nakaka- intindi ng wikang Hebreo kundi ng wikang Grego lamang. Si Jerome ay isinalin ang Septuagint na wikang Latin (Vulgate Bible) ay napatunayan niya na ang Hebrew text ay mas maraming nagpapatunay tungkol sa Messiah kaysa sa Septuagint kaya siya ay Lumabas sa Tradisyon ng Simbahang Katoliko at isinalin niya ang Old Testament mula sa Hebreo sa tinawag na Vulgate Bible. Ang kanyang pagpuna sa Septuagint ay pinulaan ng mga Augustine at pinalabas na si Jerome ay isang (Forger) mandaraya ng kasulatan ngunit sa paglipas ng panahon ay ang kanyang Old Testament na Vulgate Latin Bible ay sinapawan ang Septuagint. Sa aklat ng Septuagint ay maraming aklat na hindi makikita sa Hebrew Bible. Marami sa mga biblia ng Protestante ay sumunod sa Jewish canon at hindi isinama ang ibang aklat. Ang Simbahang Katoliko naman ay isinama ang mga aklat na iyon, samantalang ang Simbahan ng Eastern Orthodox ay ginagamit lahat ang mga aklat sa Septuagint, ganoon din ang Anglical maliban lang sa Psalm 151. Ang King James Version naman ay isinama lahat ng nadagdag na aklat at inilagay sa isang seksyon na tinawag na â&#x20AC;&#x2014;Apocryphaâ&#x20AC;&#x2DC;.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 47

Mula sa pahina 24: Saan Napunta Sina Yahshear-Dath-Kohat, Yahshear-Dath-Gershon, at Yahshear-Dath-Merari ? Ang Tanging Pamamaraan Upang Makatakas ay ang mga Barkong Pumupunta ng Ophir, Nasaan ang Ophir ?

Even after their discovery, many still regarded the Philippines, rich in gold and silver, to be the same as ancient Tarsis and Ofir. Father Colin, referred to them as such in the early 1600's and even at the turn of the century, the Philippine historian Pedro Paterno, still claimed that the Philippines were really Tarshish and Ophir! Whatever one thinks of these claims though, the search for the Biblical El Dorado appears to have played an important role in the European discovery of the Philippines.

WHERE IS OPHIR? "Tarsis and Ofir" During the early period of European colonization, the Biblical lands of Tarshish and Ophir, or Tarsis and Ofir, as they were called, held the imagination of European explorers. Not only was it believed that the "lost tribes" of Israel were to be found in these lands, but also untold wealth. To these kingdoms King Solomon and King Hiram of Tyre sent ships for trade that "brought from Ophir great plenty of almug trees, and precious stones," (I Kings 10:11). Concerning Tarshish it is written: "Fro the king's ships went to Tarshish with the servants of Hiram: every three years once came the shop of Tarshish bringing gold and silver, ivory, and apes, and peacock." (II Chronicles 9:21) In Samuel Purchas's well-known travel compendium Purchas His Pilgrim, he devotes the entire first chapter to a discussion of Tarshish and Ophir. In particular, he argues strenously that it is beloved Britain and not Spain that deserved the title as the modern Tarshish and Ophir. Curiously, in Careri's journal of his visit to the Philippines, he mentions that he would not go into the argument raging in Europe at that time over whether the Philippines was originally populated by the descendants of Biblical Tarshish. In modern times, scholars have attempted to relate Tarshish and Ophir with a number of areas, none of which include the Philippines. However, things were different in Europe prior to the discovery of the Philippines. There, they believed that Tarsis and Ofir were some lands far to the east of biblical Israel. Their reasoning was actually quite logical. King Solomon built the port from which ships departed for Tarsis and Ofir at Ezion-Geber on the coast of the Red Sea. The return journey took about three years, so obviously the location must be somewhere far to the East. In modern times, some scholars have tried to suggest that Solomon's navy circumnavigated Africa to reach the Mediterranean, but the seafaring Europeans of those times would not consider such nonsense. Tarsis and Ofir were unknown lands beyond the Golden Chersonese of Ptolemy. Their discovery would undoubtedly bring untold wealth and great fame in the minds of the people of those times. But what, one may ask, has this to do with the Philippines? The truth is that the search for Tarsis and Ofir was directly related to the "discovery" of these islands by Magellan!

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 48

Magellan and the Search for Ophir Magellan's contemporary, Duarte Barbosa, wrote that the people of Malacca (in modern Malaysia) had described to him an island group known as the Lequios whose people were as "rich and more eminent than the Chins (Chinese)," and that traded "much gold, and sliver in bars, silk, rich cloth, and much very good wheat, beautiful porcelains and many other merchandises." However, Barbosa was not the only one to mention the Lequios during Magellan's time. About a decade after Magellan's voyage, Ferdinand Pinto had wrote in his journal of the experience of his crew and himself after being shipwrecked on the Lequios! Pinto was traveling through the Malay Archipelago at the time and he describes the Lequios islands as belonging to large group of islands many of which were rich in gold and silver. He mentions that at that time the Portugese were familiar with Japan and China, and also with the island of "Mindanaus" or Mindanao, so the Lequois islands must have been somewhere between these two areas. Furthermore, Pinto even goes as far as to give the exact latitude of the main Lequios island. He states that is was situated at 9N20 latitude and that the island was on a merdian similar to that of Japan. Now, in Magellan's time all exploration was done by latitude sailing and dead reckoning, as no navigational clocks were in use. Latitude sailing required fixing one's latitude precisely by means of an astrolabe. Longitude could only be approximated roughly by using a patent log to track the distance the ship has travelled in any particular direction. When Magellan began to suspect he was nearing the region of the Moluccas he deliberately steered on a north course and then turned westward at a latitude of 13 degrees North according to both Pigafetta and Albo. Pigafetta states that the reason was to get near the port of "Gaticara" which was the Cattigara mentioned by Ptolemy. In the book, Magellan's Voyage around the World, the author, Charles E. Nowell, offers another possible reason for Magellan steering so far to the north of the Moluccas. He notes that Magellan himself had rewrote part of Barbosa's book referring to the Lequios, and in his version Magellan substituted "Tarsis" and "Ofir" for the world "Lequios." Although these lands are not mentioned in Magellan's contract, less than six years after his voyage, Sebastian Cabot signed a contract with Spain which did have as one of its objectives the "lands of Tarshish and Ophir." Magellan had been to Malacca himself, and probably many have heard of the community of Filipino workers and merchants that lived there under the protection of the king of Malacca. Probably many of you already know of the theory that Black Henry, the slave Magellan purchased at Malacca, may have belonged to the Filipino community of Malacca as he was able to speak with the natives at Limasawa. Whatever the case, we know from his own pen that Magellan thought the Lequios islands might be the same as the Biblical Tarsis and Ofir, and it may be that his idea of the position of the Lequios was partly shaped by Barbosa's book, and partly by information he may have received from Filipinos in Malacca. Was the fact that Black Henry was able to converse with the people living at the latitude given by Pinto (but not with the people of Samar or Leyte) a coincidence, or something planned in advance from information gleaned in Malacca? Even after their discovery, many still regarded the Philippines, rich in gold and silver, to be the same as ancient Tarsis and Ofir. Father Colin, referred to them as such in the early 1600's and even at the turn of the century, the Philippine historian Pedro Paterno, still claimed that the Philippines were really Tarshish and Ophir! Whatever one thinks of these claims though, the search for the Biblical El Dorado appears to have played an important role in the European discovery of the Philippines.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 49

Ferdinand Magellan While in the service of Spain, the Portuguese explorer Ferdinand Magellan (1480-1521) led the first European voyage of discovery to circumnavigate the globe. Ferdinand Magellan was born in Oporto of noble parentage. Having served as a page to the Queen, Magellan entered the Portuguese service in the East in 1505. He went to East Africa and later was at the battle of Diu, in which the Portuguese destroyed Egyptian naval hegemony in the Arabian Sea. He went twice to Malacca, the Malayan spice port, participating in its conquest by the Portuguese. He may also have gone on an exploratory mission to the Molucca Islands (Spice Islands), the original source of some of the most valuable spices. In 1513 Magellan was wounded in one of the many frustrating battles against the Moors in North Africa. But all of his services brought him little favor from the Crown, and in 1517, accompanied by his friend the cosmographer Ruy Faleiro, he went to Seville, where he offered his services to the Spanish court. The famous Treaty of Tordesillas (1494) had divided the overseas world of the "discoveries" between the two powers. Portugal acquired everything from Brazil eastward to the East Indies; the Spanish hemisphere of discovery and conquest ran westward from Brazil to 134°E meridian. This eastern area had not yet been explored by the Spaniards, and they assumed that some of the Spice Islands might lie within their half of the globe. They were wrong, but Magellan's scheme was to test that assumption. In addition it must be recalled that Columbus had made a terrible mistake, brought home by his "discovery" of America. Accepting the academic errors of learned geographers, ancient and modern, he had grossly underestimated the distance between Europe and the East (sailing westward from the former). Balboa's march across the Panamanian Isthmus had subsequently revealed the existence of a "South Sea" (the Pacific) on the other side of Columbus's "mainlands in the Ocean Sea." Thereafter, explorers eagerly sought northern and southern all-water passages across the stumbling block of the Americas; Magellan, too, sought such a passage.

Major Voyage King Charles V of Spain (the emperor Charles V) endorsed the design of Magellan and Faleiro, and on Sept. 20, 1519, after a year's preparation, Magellan led a fleet of five ships out into the Atlantic. Unfortunately the ships - the San Antonio, Trinidad, Concepción, Victoria, and Santiago - were barely seaworthy, and the crews, including some officers, were of international composition and of dubious loyalty to their leader. With Magellan went his brother-in-law, Duarte Barbosa, and the loyal and able commander of the Santiago, João Serrão. Arriving at Brazil, the fleet sailed down the South American coast to the Patagonian bay of San Julián, where it wintered from March to August 1520. There an attempted mutiny was squelched, with only the top leaders being punished. Thereafter, however, the Santiago was wrecked, and its crew had to be taken aboard the other vessels. Leaving San Julián, the fleet sailed southward; on Oct. 21, 1520, it entered the Strait of Magellan. It proceeded cautiously, taking over a month to pass through the strait. During this time the master of the San Antonio deserted and sailed back to Spain, and so only three of the original five ships entered the Pacific on November 28. There followed a long, monotonous voyage northward through the Pacific, and it was only on March 6, 1521, that the fleet finally anchored at Guam.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 50

Magellan then passed eastward to Cebu in the Philippines, where, in an effort to gain the favor of a local ruler, he became embroiled in a local war and was slain in battle on April 27, 1521; Barbosa and Serrão were killed shortly thereafter. With the crew wasted from sickness, the survivors were forced to destroy the Concepción, and the great circumnavigation was completed by a courageous former mutineer, the Basque Juan Sebastián del Cano. Commanding the Victoria, he picked up a small cargo of spices in the Moluccas, crossed the Indian Ocean, and traveled around the Cape of Good Hope from the east. With a greatly reduced crew he finally reached Seville on Sept. 8, 1522. In the meantime the Trinidad, considered unfit to make the long voyage home, had tried to beat its way against contrary winds back across the Pacific to Panama. The voyage revealed the vast extent of the northern Pacific, but the attempt failed, and the Trinidad was forced back to the Moluccas. There its crew was jailed by the Portuguese, and only four men returned after 3 years to Spain. Magellan's project brought little in the way of material benefit to Spain. The Portuguese were well entrenched in the East, their trans-African route at that time proving to be the only feasible maritime connection to India and the Spice Islands. Charles V acknowledged the political and economic facts by selling his vague East Indian rights to Portugal, rights that were later in part resumed with the Spanish colonization of the Philippines. Yet though nearly destroying itself in the process, the Magellan fleet for the first time revealed in a practical fashion the full extent of humanity's inheritance upon this globe. And in this, its scientific aspect, it proved to be the greatest of all the "conquests" undertaken by the gold-, slave-, and spice-seeking overseas adventurers of early modern Europe.

Further Reading A primary source is the narrative of Antonio Pigafetta, principal chronicler of the expedition, Magellan's Voyage around the World by Antonio Pigafetta, translated by James A. Robertson (2 vols., 1906). The Pigafetta translation and other source narratives are included in Charles E. Nowell, ed., Magellan's Voyage around the World: Three Contemporary Accounts (1962). The best works on Magellan, by Jean Denuce and Jose Toribio Medina, are in Spanish. In English, Francis H. H. Guillemard, The Life of Ferdinand Magellan (1890), is still good. Another study is Charles M. Parr, So Noble a Captain: The Life and Times of Ferdinand Magellan (1953; 2d ed. entitled Ferdinand Magellan, Circumnavigator, 1964). George E. Nunn, in The Columbus and Magellan Concepts of South American Geography (1932), shows the Magellan voyage to have been a logical consequence of the final views of the Columbus brothers.

Pedro Chirino Pedro Chirino was a Spanish historian who spent 12 years in the Philippines as a Jesuit missionary at the beginning of the 17th century. He established a boarding school at Tigbauan in 1592, but the work he is most remembered for is his Relación de las Islas Filipinas (1604), a record of life in 17th century Philippines which, Historian Ambeth Ocampo notes, is highly regarded "by those reading early accounts of the Philippines, including Jose Rizal." He recorded an example of an exorcism by a Catholic friar of a Filipino woman who had been bewitched and seized with trembling and paroxysms. Chirino wrote, "Our Brother was sent to ascertain what this disturbance meant, and when he learned what had happened, he called the husband and gave him a little piece of the "Agnus" in a reliquary, exhorting him at the same time to have faith, and promising that his wife would soon be healed.…The husband went home with the agnus, and no sooner

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 51

had he applied it to his wife than she was freed of the trembling and terror and remained calm. This occurrence soon became public, and another Indian [the term "Indios" was used by the Spanish to refer to the people of the Philippines] who had been bewitched by the same Indian woman, on seeing this marvel, was convinced that God granted health to those who invoked him. Accordingly, he asked for the same relic, and he also was healed. Father Chirino also recorded the transition of Filipino writing from the alphabet.

Baybayin script to the Latin

PHILIPPINE NATIONAL LANGUAGE ‘TAGALOG” “has MYSTERY and OBSCURITIES of the HEBREW” According to ‘Pedro Chirino’ in Gregorio F. Zaide ‘History Of The Filipino People’ page 24 “Of all our languages, the Tagalog has been adjudged the best by scholars. “I found in this language,” said Padre Chirino, eminent Jesuit-historian, “four qualities of the four greatest languages of the world – Hebrew, Greek, Latin and Spanish. It has “MYSTERY and OBSCURITIES of the HEBREW”,

Wikang „Tagalog‟ ay Sina-Unang Wikang Hebreo Ang Mga Nakatira sa mga Isla ng Ophir ay Nagsasalita ng Sina-Unang Wikang Hebreo (Ancient-Hebrew) nang Dumating ang mga Kastila Ophir ang Dating Pangalan ng mga Isla ng Pilipinas Sa aklat ni Gregorio F. Zaide ―History of the Filipino People”sa pahina 2, ang mga manunulat na mga taga Kanluran ay tinawag ang ating lupain sa pangalang Maniolas, Ophir, Islas del Oriente, Islas del Poniente, Archipelago de San Lazaro, Islas de Luzones (Isla ng Mortars), Archipelago de Magallanes at Archipelago de Legaspi. Ang mga tawag na Maniolas, Islas del Oriente, Islas del Poniente, Archipelago de San Lazaro, Islas de Luzones, Archipelago de Magallanes at Archipelago de Legaspi ay ang itinawag ng mga Kastila (mapapansin na mga salita at wikang Kastila hanggang maging Pilipinas) sa mga isla ng Ophir. Tinatawag ng mga Nabigador ang mga isla na Ophir na nakasulat sa Biblia 1 Hari 22:48, 9:28 at 22:49, Awit 45:9, Isaiah 13:12, Job 22:24, 28:16, 1Chron. 24:4, 1:23, Genesis 10:25-26. Ang mga inapo ni Ophir ay ang mga Pilipino, at ang sinasalita ay ang Wikang Lumang-Hebreo hindi ang Makabagong-Hebreo dahil nakatakas sila bago pa masakop ng Assyria ang Yisrawale (Israel) na siyang nagbago sa wika at naging Modern-Hebreo 2 Kings 18:26. Ito ay pinatunayan ni Padre Chirino na naisulat ni Gregorio F. Zaide ‗History Of The Filipino People‘ pahina 24 ―Of all our languages, the Tagalog has been adjudged the best by scholars. “I found in this language,” said Padre Chirino, eminent Jesuit-historian, “four qualities of the four greatest languages of the world – Hebrew, Greek, Latin and Spanish. It has “MYSTERY and OBSCURITIES of the HEBREW”, ang wikang Tagalog ay may misteryo at pagkakahawig sa wikang Hebreo. Si Ophir ay Apo ni Heber na pinanggalingan ng Wikang Lumang-Hebreo. Bago pa dumating sa Ophir ang mga Sri-Visjaya sa pamumuno ni Datu Putih, ang mga naninirahan sa mga isla ng Ophir ay nagsasalita na ng wika ni Adam dahil nang nawasak ang wika ng mga tao sa panahon ng Tore ni Babel tanging si Heber lamang ang nakapag-ingat ng wika ni Adam na tinawag sa pangalan ni Heber na Hebreo at si Ophir ay Apo ni Heber na nanirahan sa Silanganan. Karaniwan noon na tinatawag ang bawat lugar sa kanilang pangalan.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 52

Wikang Tagalog ay Sina-Unang Wikang Hebreo TAGALOG

HEBREW WORD

MEANING IN HEBREW

1. ABA 2. AGAM 3. AGAP 4. AHA 5. ALILA 6. ALE 7. ALAM 8. ALIS 9. ANAK 10.ANTIK 11. ANIYA 12. ASA 13. ASAYA 14. ASAL 15. AYAW

Abah Agam Aggaph Ahahh Alilah Ale Alam Alees Anak Anthiyq Aniyah Awsaw Asayah Azal Ahyaw

be dense a marsh a cover exclamatory to overdo female master concealed jump for joy to be narrow antique sorrow to do or make Yah has made depart screamer

1. BAKA 2. BAKYA 3. BALAM 4. BALAK 5. BAROK 6. BASURA 7. BATA 8. BATAK 9. BATAK 10. BAWAT 11. BAWAL 12. BAWAT 13. BAWAS 14. BUKID 15. BWISIT

Bawkah Bekee-ah Balam Balaq Baruwk Besowrah Bata Bathaq Batach Baw-at Baw-al Bawat Baw-ash Bukki Bosheth

be ready to burst break forth in pieces to be held in to annihilate blessed reward for good news to babble in speech thrust through be bold to trample down to be master kick to smell bad to depopulate shame, confusion

1. CUBAO

Chobawb

to hide, hiding place

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7. 8.

Chanaq Chaba Kabah Chabareth Chabayah Kabod Khav-ee-law Khag-ghee-yaw

to narrow to cherish, love to expire in heart female consort Yah has hidden weight circular festival of Yah

KAANAK KABA KABA KABARET KABAYAN KABOD KABILA KAGAYA

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 53

9. KALAM 10. KALAS 11. KALUKAW 12. KAMAO 13. KAMOT 14. KANAN 15. KANAN 16. KANILA 17. KANYA 18. KAPA 19. KAPAS 20. KAPIT 21. KARIT 22. KARAS 23. KARAYOM 24. KASA 25. KATAS 26. KATAL 27. KILYA 28. KISAY 29. KUPE

Chalam Khaw-lash Khal-ook-kaw Khaw-mawn Khamoth Chanan Khanaw Khan-nee-ale (el) Khan-nee-ale (el) Kapa Chaphas Chaphets Charits Charash Charayown Kasah Kathash Chathal Chelyah Kissay Khofe (kupe)

to bind to overthrown division image wisdom to favor to in dine favor of Yah become favor of Yah become to cover disguise self, hide to incline to incisure, sharf to scratch doves dung to grow fat to butt to swathe jewel overwhelm a cove

1. DAGAN 2. DALAG 3. DAMA 4. DAMA 5. DARAK 6. DATU 7. DAYA 8. DIBA 9. DODONG 10. DUWAG

Dagan Dalag Dama Damah Darak Dath Dayah Dib-bah Dowdow Du-weg

increase grain leap to weep to compare draw a royal edict or commandment fly rapidly evil report King David - love be afraid

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6.

GABAY GALA GERA GIBA GINAW GULAT

Gabbay Galah Gerah Gibah Ghinnaw Giylath

curve, rounded to exile, depart continuing, destroy house, cup, pot a garden joy, rejoicing

1. 2. 3. 4. 5. 6. 7.

HAH HALA HALAK HALAL HALIKA HAPAK HILIGAYNON

Hahh Hala Halak Halal Haliykah Haphak Higaynon

express grief to remove to walk, be conversant celebrate, renowned company, going to change solemn sound

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 54

1. 2. 3. 4.

IBSAN ILAW INDAY ITAY

Ibtsan Illaw Dowdah Ittay

inflammatory to ascend female of Dowdow -love unadvisedly

1. LABA 2. LABAN 3. LABAS 4. LAHAT 5. LAKAD 6. LAKAS 7. LAOAG 8. LAPAT 9. LAYAW 10. LEKAT 11. LUKOT 12. LUWA

Lavah Laban Labash Lahat Lakad Lachash Lawag Laphath La-yaw Leh-kakh Luchowth Luwa

to unite white wrap around tower to catch amulet to deride, speak take hold weary to take to glisten swallow down

1. MAGALAW 2. MAGALAW 3. MAGARA 4. MAGINAW 5. MAGDALO 6. MAHABA 7. MAHAL 8. MAHALAL 9. MAHALAY 10. MAKALAT 11. MAKIRI 12. MALAKI 13. MALAKI 14. MALAT 15. MALAYAW 16. MALAYU 17. MALE 18. MATA 19. MATSAKAW 20. MAYKAYA 21. MINDANAO 22. MOOG 23. MULA 24. MUOK 25. MURA

Mah-gaw-law Mah-gaw-law Maguwwrah Maginnaw Migdalah Mahavahee Mahal Mahalal Mahalay Machalat Makiyriy Mahlake Malakiy Malat Meleah(mel-ay-aw) Mala Male Mattah Mutsa-kaw Mayka-Yah Mig-daw-naw Moog Muhlah Mook Morah

a track to revolve permanent residence shield tower desire to adulterate fame steep sickness salesman walking mininstrative be smooth female of Mala, abundance to fulfilled filling rod something pound out who is like Yah be eminent, preciousness flow down circumcision to become thin fear

1. 2. 3. 4.

Palag Pel-aw-yaw Pa-naw Parah

PALAG PALAYAW PANAW PARA

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

divide Yah has favored go away, cast out increase Page 55

5. PARAM 6. PARA 7. PASA 8. PASAK 9. PASAY 10. PATAK 11. PATAW 12. PETSA 13. PILI 14. PILILLA 15. PILEGES 16. PINILI 17. PINYA 18. PISIL 19. PISTE 20. PITAK 21. PO (Po) 22. POOK 23. PUKAW 24. PUTA 25. PUTI

Param Para Pasa Pasaq Paw-say-akh Pathach Paw-thaw Petsa Pilee Peliyla Piylegesh Peneeale Peneeale Pehsel Pishteh Pethach Po or Hoo (1931) Pook Pookaw Pothah Poothe

to tear to bear fruit to stride to disport exemption, skip over to open persuade wound secret judge,Yah has judge concubine face of Yah(el), Piniyah-face of Yah Piniyah-face of Yah carve images stupidity opening derive from Hoo,third person obtain stumbling block hinge or the female pudenda scatter into corner

1. SABA 2. SABAK 3. SABAD 4. SABAW 5. SAKA 6. SAKAB 7. SAKANYA 8. SAKAL 9. SAKA 10. SAKAY 11. SAKIT 12. SAGAD 13. SALAG 14. SALAMAT 15. SALAT 16. SALO 17. SAMA 18. SAMAR 19. SAMAT 20. SANAYIN 21. SAPAT 22. SAPAW 23. SARAT 24. SARA 25. SARAP 26. SAWA

Saba Sabak Zabad Saybaw Shakah Shakab Shekanyah Shaqal Shaqa Zakkay Sheqets Saw-gad Salga Shalom Shalat Sal-loo Shamma Shamar Shamat Shenayin Shaphat Shawfaw Sarat Sara Saraph Shawah

abundance to intwine to confer old age to roam to lie down Yah has dwell to suspend to subside pure abominable fall down be white peace to dominate weighed desolation save yourself fling down to transmute to judge to abrade cut in pieces to prolong thought please, amuse

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 56

27. SELOSA 28. SIBOL 29. SIBOL 30. SIKIP 31. SILAY 32. SILO 33. SITAHIN 34. SUMAKWEL 35. SUMAYAW 36. SULTAN

Shelowshah Zebool Shibbol Sheqeph Selay Shiyloh Shettayim Shemuwel Shemayaw Sholtan

third wife dwelling, residence ear of grain loophole be in safety tranquil two fold hear intelligently, cast out Yah has heard ruler, dominion

1. TABAK 2. TAKA 3. TAKAS 4. TAKIP 5. TAGA 6. TALA 7. TANAW 8. TANIM 9. TAPAK 10.TAPAL 11.TAPAT 12.TATUWA 13.TAWA 14.TEKLA 15.TENA 16. TENGA 17. TERA 18. TIKOM 19. TIMPLA 20. TIRA 21. TORE 22. TUMIRA 23. TUNAW

Tabach Takah Tachash Taqqiyph Tagah Tala Tannaw Tsanim Taphach Taphal Taphath Tatua Tawah Tiklah Tenah Teqa Tera Tiykom Tiphlah Tiyrah Tore Tiymarah Toanaw

to slaughter sit down, to strew bottom strong slap hang, suspended female jackal thorn flatten down stick on as a patch a dropping error to cheat perfection, completeness fig tre sound adoor middle, central unsavoury a wall, fortress ring dove be erect purpose

1. URI

Uwriy

east the region of the light

1. YAKAL 2. YAMAN 3. YARE

Yachal Yaman Yare

be patient right hand side afraid, frighten

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 57

Chronology of the "Chinese Ming Dynasty and Islamic Influences" ni Guo Zhongli Ang Sri-Visjaya ay makapangyarihan sa karagatan (mga barkong ipinagawa ni Haring YahdidiYah kay Haring Huram ng Tyre upang kumuha ng ginto sa Ophir, 1Kings 9:26, na pinamumunuan ng Sultan (Sholtan sa Hebreo ay Namumuno). Ang pamilya (Royal Family) ng namumuno at tigasunod ng Sri-Visjaya Kingdom noong ika-pitong siglo (7th century) ay lumisan mula sa Palembang sa Sumatra at tumungo sa Malaya na kabila ng ―Straits of Malacca‖ at nagtatag sila ng daungan ng Malacca. Nanirahan sila sa Bornay (Borneo) at Sulu na mga isla ng Ophir. Sa pangunguna ni Datu Putih (sa wikang Hebreo Poothe=scatter into corner) ay ang sampung (10) Datu mula sa Bornay ay dumating sa Aninipay ng Panay na binili nila ng ginto kay Marikudo ang kapatagan ng Panay na tinawag nilang Madya-as o paraiso. Ang pitong Datu ay naiwan sa Panay na pinaniniwalaang pinanggalingan ng lahi ng Ilongo, Cebuano, Samareno at Bicolano at si Datu Putih naman kasama ang dalawa pang Datu ay pumunta sa Mindoro sa Luzon at Taal Batangas na pinaniniwalaan na pinagmulan ng wikang Tagalog. Ang wika ng mga Datu ng Sri-Visjaya ay pinaniniwalaang pinanggalingan ng wikang Binisaya o tinawag na Hiligaynon (sa wikang Hebreo ng Higaynon=solemn sound). Ang wikang Binisaya (hango sa Sri-Visjaya) ay ang wikang Ilonggo at nagkaroon ng Sugbuano (Cebuano) at Waray. Ang wikang Tagalog ay kahawig sa wikang Ilonggo at ang wikang Bicolano ay kahawig sa wikang Waray. Ayon sa talaan ng ―Chronology of the Chinese Ming Dynasty‖ na ang sampung (10) Datu sa pangunguna ni Datu Putih ay dumating sa isla ng Panay at naiwan ang pitong (7) Datu sa Panay nang si Datu Putih at dalawa pang Datu ay tumungo sa Luzon (Khomer o mortar) sa Mindoro at Taal Batangas. Ang huling talaan kay Datu Putih ay nang bumalik siya sa Bornay na napadaan sa Sulu. Nang dumating ang mga Kastila sa pamumuno ni Ferdinand Magellan (Fernado Magallanes) noong 1521 A.D., ang mga isla ng Ophir ay tinawag sa pangalang FELIPE na hango sa pangalan ng prinsipe ng Espanya na naging Hari si Haring Felipe II ng Espanya. Ang Felipe ay naging Felipinas na naging Pilipinas. Naitala din ng mga Kastila ang napakaraming minahan ng ginto sa mga isla ng Pilipinas. Ang mga naninirahan doon ay ‗pinawalang-halaga na‘ ang maraming minahan ng ginto dahil ayon sa Kastilang si De Morga na 1,000 B.C na ang idad ng minahan na kanilang natagpuan sa mga isla na tinawag nilang Pilipinas (ka-idad sa kapanahunan ni Haring YahdidiYah (Solomon) na nagpagawa ng mga barko upang kumuha ng ginto sa Ophir). Sinulat ng Kastilang si Pigafetta na ang mga naninirahan daw ay kuntento na sa kanilang mga pag-aaring ginto na nagmula pa sa kanilang mga ninuno. Madaling makakuha ng ginto na kasing laki ng itlog at mani kapag inihiwalay mo sa lupa ("On the island [Butuan] where the king came to the ship, pieces of gold as large as walnuts or eggs are to be found, by sifting the earth‖). Bago dumating ang mga Kastila ay walang tanging talaan o ―archaeological findings‖ tungkol sa kasulatan ng sina-unang Asian Malay kundi ang naitala sa dokumento ng mga Chinese. Ang Sri-Visjaya Kingdom na naitala ng ―Chronology of the Chinese Ming Dynasty and Islamic Influences‖ sinulat ni Guo Zhongli na nagpapatunay na ang Datu at Sultan ay may ginagampanang mahalang katungkulan sa SriVisjaya Kingdom. Ang ―Sholtan‖ sa Lumang-Hebreo ay ang ‗namumuno‘, samantalang ang ―Datu‖ ay ang Yahshear-Dath o Saser-Dote o DATU ng Kaharian ng Sri-Visjaya‟. Ayon sa Historian si O.W.Wolters noong 430-475 A.D. kilala sa Chinese ang Kan-t‟o-li na Estadong natatag sa malapit sa Palembang ng Sumatra noong ikalawang siglo (2 nd century A.D.). Noong 500 A.D. sa Sumatra, isla ng Bangka, Java at Malay Peninsula ay may walong (8) Estado ang nangalakal sa China noong 608 A.D. hanggang 670 A.D at tanging ang Shihlifoshih ang nanatili. Ang mga natagpuang labi na nagkaka-idad na 775 A.D. mula sa Ligor isthmus sa Malay Peninsula ay sinaliksik ng Asian History Pioneer George Coedus na naniwala na ang Estado na kilala sa China na Shihlifoshih ay siyang Sri-Vishaya (Sri-Visjaya). Ang Sri ay titulong panggalang mula sa India kaya ang pangalan ng Sri-Visjaya ay Visjaya na kilala ngayon bilang Bisaya. (Si Yahshu‘a Messiah ay inutusan niya ang kanyang 12 desipolo na hanapin ang mga nawawalang Sambahayan ng Yisrawale (Israel) na mababasa sa Mateo 10:5-6 at sa Gawa 13:47. Naitala na ang desipolo ni Yahshu‘a na si Tomas ay sinibat hanggang sa mamatay ni Haring Misdeus ng India.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 58

Ang huling Kahariang sumakop sa kanila ay ang mga Griego at naitala sa Ester 1:1 na ang India ay nasasakupan ng Kaharian ng Persia na sinakop ng Emperyo ng Griego kaya sa India huling natagpuan ang desipolo ni Yahshu‘a sa paghahanap sa mga Nawawalang Tribo ng Yisrawale). Ang Sri-Visjaya ay makapangyarihan sa karagatan mula Ceylon (Sri-Lanka), Sumatra, Java (Old Javan Kingdom of Mataram) hanggang sa Champa na pinamumunuan ng Sultan (Sholtan sa wikang Hebreo ay ang Namumuno). Ang pamilya ng Sholtan at mga tigasunod ng Sri-Visjaya Kingdom noong ika-pitong siglo (7th century) na may titulong Datu at Sultan ay lumisan mula sa Palembang sa Sumatra at tumungo sa Malaya na kabila ng ―straits of Malacca‖ at nagtatag sila ng daungan ng Malacca. Ang naiwan namang Sri-Visjaya sa Palembang sa hindi alam na dahilan ay pinamunuan ni Sailendra na isang Mahayana Buddhist. Si Sailendra ay nagmula sa kanyang pagtakas sa Java na siyang nagtayo ng mga templo at istatwa ni Buddha ang Burabudur noong 800 A.D., ang templo ni Merdut at dalawang Bodhisattvas na Hindi Ginawa ng orihinal (7th Century) Sri-Visjaya Kingdom ng ikapitong siglo. Ang Buddhist (8th century) Sri-Visjaya na may titulo ng Raja ay ang nagapi ng mga Javanese noong ika-labing-apat na siglo (14th Century). Ang Sri-Visjaya Kingdom noong ika-pitong siglo (7th century) na may titulong Datu at Sultan ay Hindi Buddhist dahil hindi sila nagtayo ng mga istatwa ni Buddha.

Tanging sa Pilipinas Lamang Nanatili ang Tawag na Datu:

Recorded List of Datus in the Philippines. Cebu 

Datu Daya - Ancient ruler of Daanbantayan, Cebu

Panay    



Datu Dinagandan — First ruler of Aklan, circa 1200 Kalantiao - Mythical ruler of Aklan in the late late 14th century Datu Paiburong — Ruler of Iloilo Datu Padojinog — Ruled in the Visayas Region with his wife Ribongsapaw. More than seven hundred forty six years ago, around 1240, ten brave and noble rulers were believed to have landed in our shores. They came from the kingdom of Bornay (now Borneo), escaping the wrath of a wicked ruler Rajah Makatunao. They boarded on big ships, called balanghays, and set out to sea to find a place where they can live in peace and harmony. One moonless night on April 15, 1240, together with their families, warriors, slaves and counselors, they faced the unknown in quest of the Promised Land. Datu Padojinog was one of the said Datus. Datus in the Maragtas epic o Irong-irong o Kalantiaw III /Rajah Bendahara Kalantiaw — Said to have formulated the mythical Code of Kalantiaw in 1433 (legendary, see related article). o Datu Puti — One of the 10 Bornean Datus to arrive in Iloilo before the Spanish colonial period. (legendary but may be based on facts, see related article)

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 59

Datu sa Panahon ng Spanish colonization  

   



      

Rajah Colambu — Chief in 1521 of Limasawa, brother of Rajah Siagu of Butuan. He met Ferdinand Magellan and guided him to Cebu on April 7, 1521. Rajah Humabon — Ruler of Cebu who became an ally of Ferdinand Magellan. Enemy and relative of Lapu-Lapu. In 1521, he and his wife were baptized and renamed themselves Carlos and Juana after the Spanish royalty, King Carlos and Queen Juana. Sultan Kudarat - Sultan of Maguindanao. Rajah Lakandula - Ruler of Tondo, one of the last rulers of Manila. Lapu-Lapu - Ruler of Mactan Island. He defeated Ferdinand Magellan in April 27, 1521. He is the Philippines' first national hero. Datu Sikatuna {also Ka Tun-as} - Ruler of Bohol in 1565. He made a blood compact with the conquistador, Miguel López de Legazpi. His statue was erected in Bohol where the blood compact took place. Datu Pagbuaya - Overlord of Ka Tun-as and Gala of Bohol. He was join ruler with brother Datu Dalisdisan of a settlement along the shorelines between Mansasa, Tagbilaran and Dauis which was abandoned years before López de Legazpi's arrival due to Portuguese and Ternatean attacks. He founded Dapitan in the northern shore of Mindanao. Datu Dalisdisan - He was join ruler with brother Datu Pagbuaya of a settlement along the shorelines between Mansasa, Tagbilaran and Dauis. His death during one of the Portuguese and Ternatean raids caused the abandonment of the settlement. Mano-ok - Christian name Pedro Manuel Manooc; son of Datu Pagbuaya; subdued the Higaonon tribe in Iligan; established one of the first Christian settlement in the country. Rajah Sulayman - One of the last rulers of Maynila, was defeated by Martín de Goiti, a soldier commissioned by López de Legazpi to Manila. Rajah Tupas - Last Datu of Cebu, conquered by Miguel López de Legazpi. Datu Lapu-lapu - Defiant chieftain who led forces that slew Ferdinand Magellan in 1521. Datu Dinagandan -First ruler of Aklan, circa 1200 Kalantiaw - Ruler of Aklan in 1399. Kalantiaw III /Rajah Bendahara Kalantiaw- Formulated the Code of Kalantiaw in 1433 (mythical, see related article).

  

Datu Paiburong - Pre-hispanic ruler of Ilo-ilo



Datu Puti- One of the 10 Bornean Datus to arrive in Ilo-ilo before the Spanish colonial period. (mythical, see related article)



Rajah Calambu, chief in 1521 of Limasawa, brother of Rajah Siagu of Butuan. He met Ferdinand Magellan and guided him to Cebu on April 7, 1521.

 

Rajah Siagu was chief of Manobo in 1521.

    

Rajah Suliman

Datu Sikatuna - Ruler of Bohol in 1565. Made a pact with Miguel López de Legaspi Datu Pax S. Mangudadato - Current (Not prehispanic but a Datu) Governor of Sultan Kudarat(2001-2004)

Raja Humabon was ruler of Cebu and became an ally of Ferdinand Magellan and an enemy of Lapu-lapu. Rajah Lakandula Irong-irong Rajah Tupas Datu Makabulos(Macabulos) ruled with elders the town of Lubao, Pampanga around 1571.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 60

Mines Dating Back to at least 1,000 B.C.

Masagana sa mga Ginto ang OPHIR Bago Dumating ang mga Kastila Pinabayaan Na Ang Minahan ng Ginto sa Ophir According to De Morga: Mines dating back to at least 1,000 B.C. have been found in the Philippines. When the Spanish arrived the Filipinos worked various mines of gold, silver, copper and iron. They also seemed to have worked in brass using tin that was likely imported from the Malay Peninsula. The iron work in particular was said to be of very high quality in some cases, and occasionally in some areas, even better than that found in Europe. When the Spanish arrived, the Philippines was so gilded with gold that most of the gold mines had been neglected. "... the natives proceed more slowly in this, and content themselves with what they already possess in jewels and gold ingots handed down from antiquity and inherited from their ancestors. This is considerable, for he must be poor and wrethced who has no gold chains, calombigas, and earrings."

Pambayad ay Ginto sa Ophir As the missionary Francisco ColĂn wrote in 1663: In the punishment of crimes of violence the social rank of the slayer and slain made a great deal of difference. If the slain was a chief, all his kinsfolk took the warpath against the slayer and his kinfolk, and this state of war continued until arbiters were able to determine the amount of gold which had to be paid for the killingâ&#x20AC;Ś The death penalty was not imposed by public authority save in cases where both the slayer and slain were commoners, and the slayer could not pay the blood price.

Nabigador na Nagmula sa OPHIR: Blair and Robertson, Vol. II, p. 116. Legazpi describes one of the "Moro" pilots captured from Butuan: "...a most experienced man who had much knowledge, not only of matters concerning these Filipinas Islands, but those of Maluco, Borney, Malaca, Jaba, India, and China, where he had had much experience in navigation and trade."

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 61

Ginto Ang Palamuti sa Loob at Labas ng Bahay sa Ophir ay Ipinagaya ni Haring Dowdow (David) sa Paggawa ng Bahay Para kay Yahweh

Arts of Asia, Jul-Aug 1988, p. 131 Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54 Apparently, even foreigners desired Filipino gold products. Recent discoveries show that gold jewelry of Philippine origin was found in Egypt near the beginning of the era. These finds are mentioned in Laszlo Legeza's "Tantric elements in pre-Hispanic Philippines Gold Art," (Arts of Asia, Jul-Aug 1988, p. 131) along a discussion of Philippine Tantric art. Some outstanding examples of Philippine jewelry, which included necklaces, belts, armlets and rings placed around the waist, are showcased in J. T. Peralta's "Prehistoric gold ornaments from the Central Bank of the Philippines," Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54.

Sinasabi ng Biblia Tungkol sa Ginto ng OPHIR 1Chronicles 29:4 Kahit tatlong libong talento ng Ginto, ng ginto ng Ophir at pitong libong talent na dinalisay na pilak, upang ilapat sa dingding ng mga bahay at sa iba pa: 2Chronicles 8:18 At si Huram ay pinadalhan siya sa pamamagitan ng kanyang tagasunod ng mga barko at ng may kaalaman sa karagatan; at sila ay sinamahan ng mga tigasunod ni YahdidiYah (Solomon) sa pagpunta sa Ophir, at sila ay nakakuha ng apat naraan at limampung talent ng ginto at dinala nila kay Haring YahdidiYah. PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 62

2Chronicles 9:10 At ang tigasunod ni Huram, at ang tigasunod ni YahdidiYah (Solomon) na nagdala sa kanila ng mga ginto mula sa Ophir, nagdala rin ng puno ng algum at mga hiyas na bato. Job 22:24 iyong ilalatag ang ginto parang alabok at ang ginto ng Ophir bilang bato sa daluyan ng tubig. Job 28:16 hindi mahahalagahan ang ginto ng Ophir ng mamahaling onyx o ng sapphire. Psalm 45:9 mga anak na babae ng Hari ay ilan sa iyong kagalang-galang na babae: sa iyong kanan ay nakatayo ang reyna sa ginto ng Ophir. Isaiah 13:12 aking gagawin ang tao na mas mahalaga sa mamahaling dinalisay na ginto; ang tao kaysa ginintuang palakol ng Ophir.

Ang Titulong Datu Ang salitang ‗Datu‘ ay galing sa salitang Hebreo na ‗Dath‘ na ibig sabihin ay ‗royal edict or commandment‘ na naitalaga sa anak ni Levi na namamahala sa Pag-Papari sa pagsamba kay Yahweh ang Makapangyarihan ng Yisrawale na tinawag na Israel ngayon. Ito ay hango sa ‗Pari ng Yisrawale‘ na tinatawag na ―SASERDOTE‖ o ‗Yahshear-Dath‘ (Saser-Datho o Pari ng Israel). Si Jacob o Yahshear na kilala sa ngayon sa tawag na Israel ay naitalaga ang anak niyang si Levi na maging Pari. Ang salitang Yahshurun ay hango sa pangalan ni Jacob na Yahshear. Ang Yisrawale naman ay ang itinawag sa lahi nila doon sa Egypto upang mapagka-iba sila sa Ismaale na parehong tuli. Ang Yisrawale ay nai-salin na Israel.

Ang Titulong Sultan Ang Sultan ay hango sa salitang Hebreo na Sholtan (ruler, dominion) na namumuno na naitalaga la lahi ni Yahuwdah.

Ang Titulong Raja Ang Raja ay titulo ng Hari ng Buddhist sa Ikalawang Sri-Visjaya Kingdom na pinamunuan ni Sailendra na isang Mahayana Buddhist. ( ―The second Sri-Visjaya of 8th century was ruled by Sailendra a Buddhist was finally destroyed by the Javanese in the 14th century and this people of Sri-Visjaya were different religion than the original first Sri-Visjaya of 7th century. In fact the kingdom of Sailendra who become king of SriVisjaya were Mahayana Buddhist that this Mahayana Buddhists left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries the king of original 7th century Sri-Visjaya seem not to have done‖). PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 63

DATU SA MARAGTAS Ang Titulo ng Aklat: “Maragtás kon (historia) sg pulô nga Panay kutub sg iya una nga pamuluyö, tubtub sg pag-abut sg mga taga Borneo nga amó ang ginhalinan sg mga bisayâ, kag sg pag-abut sg mga Katsila”. “Maragtas o istoryang naganap sa isla ng Panay sa mga naunang nanirahan doon hanggang sa pagdating ng mga Datu mula sa Borno na pinagmulan ng lahi ng mga Bisaya hangggang sa pagdating ng mga Kastila”.

Ang Maragtas ng Panay ay pinalabas na Alamat lamang ngunit nasulat sa Chronology of Chinese Ming Dynasty ang tungkol sa sampun (10) Datu na pinamunuan ni Datu Putih. Noong 1200 – 1250 A.D. ang sampung (10) Datu na pinamumunuan ni Datu Putih kasama ang kanilang mga pamilya at tigasunod ay tumakas sa masamang pamamahala ni Sultan Makatunaw ang Sri-Visjaya Sultan ng Bornay (Borneo). Sila ay sumapit sa isla ng Aninipay sa Panay at binili ang lupang kapatagan ng mga ginto at alahas sa namumunong si Marikudo at tinawag nila ang lupain na Madya-as o ―paraiso‖ na pinagmulan ng mga Ilongo na tinawag na ‗Cradle of Ancient Filipino Civilization‘. Itinatag nila ang ‗Katiringban et Madia-as‘ o ‗Confederation of Madya-as‘ na may pinaiiral na batas ni Kalantiaw (Code of Kalantiaw). Naisulat sa Ming Chronicle noong 1372 A.D. sa Sabah Journal si Prinsepe Sahib ul-Kahar Ong Sum-ping na naglayag sa Sulu Archipelago hanggang Kinabatangan sa North Bornay (Borneo) na pinagmulan ng permanenteng base ng mga Chinese. Noong 1390 A.D. si Raja Baguinda ng Sri-Visjaya ay dumating sa Sulu nagmula sa Swama Dwipa at itinatag ang Bwansa sa isla ng Jolo. Noong 1433 A.D. Pitong (7) Datu ay itinatag ang Code of Kalantiaw at ang Maragtas Code ni Sumakwel para sa mga taga Panay. Tatlong (3) Datu mula sa orihinal na Sampung (10) Datu na dumating sa Panay ay lumayag sa Batangas at Mindoro at isa dito si Datu Putih. Sa huling tala si Datu Putih ay lumayag pabalik ng Bornay nadaan sa Sulu at wala ng tala sa nangyari sa kanya. Ang ‗Astana Putih‘ ang luklukan ng kapangyarihan ng Sultanate ng Sulu at Umbal Duwa sa Indanan na isla ng Jolo sa Region ng Tausug ng Sulu ay ipinangalan kay Datu Putih. Sa pagkakapartisyon ng ‗Aninipay‘ o ang isla ng Panay na tinawag na Madya-as o ‗paraiso‘ na tribong pinamumunuan ni Datu Bangkaya, Datu Paiburong at Datu Sumakwel, si Datu Putih ay lumayag patungong Luzon sumama ang ilan na nagmula sa tirahan sa tabing-ilog ng Araut (Dumangas) Iloilo. Ang apo na si Datu Ram-un ay umalis ng Dumangas kasama ang kanyang pamilya at tumira sa ‗Kaputalan‘ na ngayon ay ‗Pototan‘ sa Iloilo. Nang dumating ang mga Kastila naitala na sa tabi ng ilog ng Taal Batangas natagpuan ni Kapitan Juan de Salcedo noong 1570 A.D. ang naninirahang lahi ng Malay na pinaniniwalaang lahi ni Datu Putih.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 64

Wikang Bisaya at Tagalog Ang Bisaya (Visaya) ay ang tawag sa lahi ng Sampung (10) Datu na pinamunuan ni Datu Putih ay galing sa Kaharian ng Sri-Visjaya sa Bornay (Borneo). Ayon naman sa Collier Encyclopedia na ang mga ‗Royal Families‘ na orihinal na Sri-Visjaya Kingdom noong 7th century ay nilisan ang lungsod ng Palembang sa Sumatra at tumungo Malaya at sa Bornay (Borneo) at Sulu. Ang Sri-Visjaya ay makapangyarihan sa karagatan na pinamumunuan ng Sultan (Sholtan sa Hebreo ay Namumuno). Ang pamilya ng namumuno at tigasunod ng SriVisjaya Kingdom noong ika-pitong siglo (7th century) ay lumisan mula sa Palembang sa Sumatra at tumungo sa Malaya na kabila ng ‗straits of Malacca at nagtatag sila ng daungan ng Malacca. Nagkaroon sila ng relasyon sa Bornay (Borneo) at Sulu na mga isla ng Ophir Noong 1200 – 1250 A.D. ang sampung (10) Datu na pinamumunuan ni Datu Putih kasama ang kanilang mga pamilya at tigasunod ay tumakas sa masamang pamamahala ni Sultan Makatunaw ang Sri-Visjaya Sultan ng Bornay (Borneo). Sila ay sumapit sa isla ng Aninipay sa Panay at binili ang lupang kapatagan ng mga ginto at alahas kay Marikudo na tinawag nilang Madya-as o ―paraiso‖ na pinagmulan ng mga Ilongo na tinawag na ‗Cradle of Ancient Filipino Civilization‘. Ang ‗Katiringban et Madia-as‘ o ‗Confederation of Madya-as‘ na may pina-iiral na batas ni Kalantiaw (Code of Kalantiaw). Ang tatlong (3) Datu mula sa orihinal na Sampung (10) Datu na dumating sa Panay ay lumayag patungong Luzon sa Batangas at Mindoro at isa dito si Datu Putih.

Merriam-Webster International Unabridged Dictionary

Ayon sa ‗Merriam-Webster International Unabridged Dictionary‘ na ang wikang TAGALOG at ang wikang VISAYA ay galing sa isang grupo ng wika na tinawag na TAGALA na kapatid ng sina-unang wikang Malay-Javanese na tinawag na KAWI na ngayon ay wala na. Ang TAGALOG ay may 30,000 root words, 700 affixes at ang root words na kilalang-kilala ay 5,000 salita mula sa Kastila; 3,200 salita mula sa MalayIndonesia, 1,500 salita mula sa Hebreo, 1,300 salita mula sa English, 300 salita mula sa Sanskrit, 250 salita mula sa Arabic at kaunting salita mula sa Persia, Japanese, Russian. Ang wikang Latin ay na-impluwensya ang Spanish at English. Ang wika ng Bisaya at ang wika ng Tagalog ay maraming salitang magkakaparehas mahigit 3,800 na kilalangkilalang salita at parehas ng paggamit. Ang ―HILIGAYNON‖ ang tawag sa wika ng Bisaya ay kagaya sa wikang Hebreo na ―HIGAYNON‖ na ibig sabihin ay ‗banal na tunog‘ (solemn sound). PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 65

Salitang Lumang Hebreo Ang salitang ―YA-WA‖ ay isang masamang salita sa Bisaya. Ang ―WA‖ ang ibig sabihin ay ―WALA‖ at ang ―YA‖ ay ang pina-ikling pangalan ng Makapangyarihan ni Abraham na si YAH-WEH, Awit 68:4. Samakatwid ang ibig sabihin ng ‗YAWA‖ ay ―WALA si YAHWEH‖ o ibig sabihin ay ―Dimonyo‖. Ang salitang ‗Piste‘ ang ibig sabihin sa wikang Hebreo ay ‗stupidity‘ o ‗mahina ang isip‘. Kaya ang masamang salita na binabanggit ng mga Bisaya na ‗Piste-Yawa-ka‘ ay ang ibig sabihin ay ‗mahinang isip wala sa iyo si Yahweh‘. Ang salitang ―SUSI‖ sa salitang Bisaya ay YAWE o YAVE. Ang Levitang Nakatakas ay nadala ang pangalan ng Pinakamakapangyarihan ng Yisrawale na si YAHWEH na itinago sa tawag na ―SUSI‖. Ito ay nang ipinag-utos ng Sanhedrin (Highest or Supreme Court) ang pagbabawal sa pagbigkas ng Banal na Pangalang YAHWEH bago pa sila masakop ng mga Assyrian. Ang bumigkas ng Banal na Pangalan na YAHWEH sa publiko at sa Pagsamba ay papatawan ng ‗Blasphemy‘, ngunit tanging High Priest lamang ang bibigkas nito ng walong (8) beses sa isang araw lamang sa isang taon sa Araw ng Pagpapasting o ‗Day of Atonement‘. Ito ay nadala hanggang sa kapanahunan ni Yahshu‘a Messiah na mababasa sa Luke 11:52.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 66

SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA Kilala mo ba si YAHSHU‟A ang pangalan ng Messiah na nagturo sa Israel 2,000 taon na ang nakakalipas ? Ang pangalang itinawag sa kanya ng kaniyang Hebreong magulang ay pangalang Hebreo na Yahshu‟a na isinusulat sa wikang Aramaic na YESHU‟A. Ang Aramaic na pangalang Yeshu‘a ay isinalin sa pangalang Greek na Iesous na binibigkas na Yeh-sous, at isinalin sa Latin na Iesus na binibigkas na Yay-sus at ng maimbento ang letrang „J‟ noong 1633 A.D. ay naisalin sa English na Jesus, mababasa sa ‗How Yeshu‘a Become Jesus‘ sa pahina ―o‖.

Mas Mahalaga ba ang pangalang Yahshu‟a kaysa Jesus ? Sa YahYah (Juan) 14:26 ―ang Mang-aaliw na siyang Banal Na Ispiritu ay ipadadala ng Ama sa pamamagitan ng Aking Pangalan, at iyang Banal Na Ispiritung iyan ang siyang Magtuturo sa iyo ng lahat ng bagay at Magpapa-alala ng lahat ng sinabi ko sa iyo‖. Ang pangalan niya nang binangit sa YahYah (Juan) 14:26 ay Yahshu‘a, hindi pa na-iisalin ang pangalan niya sa Iesous o Jesus, samakatwid ipadadala ng Amang Yahweh ang Banal Na Ispiritu sa pamamagitan ng Pangalang YAHSHU‘A. Bago tayo magpatuloy alam natin na bagong imbento lamang ang Letrang ‗J‘ kaya imposibleng Jesus ang pangalan ng Messiah, ganoon din ang pangalan ni Juan o ‗John‘ ay ang dapat ay ‗YahYah‘. Sa Israel ngayon ang tawag kay John ay ‗Yochanan‘ na isang kontradiksyon sa nakasulat sa YeremiYah (Jeremiah) 43:4 at sa Luke 1:61. Tangi ang Banal na Pangalan ni Yahweh na ‗Yah‘ sa Awit 68:4 ang may kapangyarihan na pagsalitaing-muli si ZechariYah sa Luke 1:22, Luke 1:59-64. Ang Semetic na kapatid na wika ng Hebreo at sa Arabic ang pangalan ni John ay ‗Yahya‘.

Si Yahshu‟a ang Messiah ay ANAK NI YAHWEH o ANAK NG TAO ? Noong kapanahunan pa ni Emperor Constantine na nagtatag ng Romano Katoliko ay pinagtatalunan na kung ang Messiah (na naisalin na sa pangalang Latin na ‗Iesus‘) ay ‗Anak ng Kataas-taasan‘ o ‗Anak ng Tao‘. Nang ipatawag ni Emperor Constantine noong 325 A.D. ang 1.800 na Bishop na ang dumalo ay 318 Bishop lamang sa Council of Nicea, ang pinagkatiwalaan ni Bishop Alexander na si Athanasius ay ipinipilit na si Iesus ay ‗Anak ng Kataas-taasan‘ at ang Banal na Ispiriti at ang Ama ay iisa o ang ‗Paniniwala sa Trinity‘. Si Arius naman ay ipinagpilitan na si Iesus ay ‗Anak ng Tao‘.

Si Yahshu‟a ay Anak Ni Yahweh: Sa geneology sa Luke 3:23-38 ―Si Yahshu‘a ay magtatatlumpong taon na ay anak ni Yohseph na anak ni……. si Seth na anak ni Adam na Anak ni Yahweh‖. Si Yahshu‘a raw ay anak ni Yohseph na ang ninuno ay si Adam na Anak ni Yahweh. Sa Genesis 6:2-4 sa kapanahunan ni Adam ―At nakita ng mga ‗Anak ni Yahweh‘ na magaganda ang mga babaeng ‗Anak ng Tao‘ at pumili sila ng kani-kanilang mapapangasawa‖. May mga higante sa mundo ng kapanahunang iyon, at ang naging supling ng Anak ni Yahweh sa mga babaeng Anak ng Tao ay naging Magigiting (Mighty men) o tinawag na Elohim.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 67

Nalito ang mga Translators kung Sino ang Anak ni Yahweh at Sino ang Anak ng Tao: YahYah (Juan) 12:32-34 ―at Ako, kung Ako at maitaas na, ilalapit ang lahat ng tao sa akin (and I, if I be lifted up from the earth, will draw all men unto me)‖. YahYah (Juan) 12:33 ay komentaryo ng Translators. YahYah (Juan) 12:34 ―Ang mga tao ay sumagot, ‗narinig namin sa batas na ang Messiah ay lalagi magpakailanman, bakit sinasabi mo na ang Anak ng Tao ay kailang maitaas, sino ba itong Anak ng Tao ? (―The people answered him, We have heard out of the law that Messiah abideth forever, and how sayest thou, The Son of Man must be lifted up ? who is this Son of Man ?). Wala naman binanggit sa YahYah 12:32 ang Translators na Anak ng Tao ay kailang maitaas, bakit sa isinagot ng mga tao at nagtatanong sino ba itong Anak ng Tao ? Samakatwid sa YahYah 12:32 ay ang binanggit ni Yahshu‘a ay HINDI „Ako‟ KUNDI „Anak ng Tao‟ ay maitaas na. Bakit nalito ang mga Translators ?

Si Yahshu‟a Messiah ay Anak Ni Yahweh na Buhay: Mateo 16:13-17 ―Nang dumating si Yahshu‘a sa lupain ng Caesaria ng Filipos, tinanong niya ang kanyang mga Alagad. Sino raw ang Anak ng Tao ayon sa mga tao? At sumagot sila na sabi po ng ilan ay si YahYah (Juan Bautista), sabi naman ng iba ay si EliYah, at may nagsabi pang si YeremiYah o isa sa mga Propeta‖. Kayo naman ano ang sabi ninyo ? sino ako ? tanong niya sa kanila. Sumagot si Simon Pedro, ―Kayo po ang Messiah, ang Anak Ni Yahweh na Buhay‖. Sinabi sa kanya ni Yahshu‘a ―mapalad ka Simon na Anak ni Yonas sapagkat ang KATOTOHANANG ITO‟Y HINDI INIHAYAG sa iyo ng laman at ng dugo (ng sinumang tao) kundi nang aking Ama (Amang Yahweh) na nasa langit‖.

Tanging si Simon Pedro na anak ni Yonas ang pinahayagan ni Amang Yahweh ng KATOTOHANAN na si Yahshu‟a ay ANAK NI YAHWEH NA BUHAY. Ang mga Translators ay nalito dahil hindi sila pinahayagan ni Amang Yahweh ng katotohanang ito kaya inakala nila na si Yahshu‘a ay Anak ng Tao kagaya ng ayon sa mga Tao.

Ano ang Inihayag ni Amang Yahweh kay Simon Pedro na Anak ni Yonas na Hindi inihayag sa sinumang tao ? Marcos 4:11 ‘sa inyo’y ipinagkaloob na malaman ang lihim tungkol sa paghahari ni Yahweh, ngunit sa iba ay ang lahat ng bagay ay itinuturo sa pamamagitan ng talinghaga’. Kung inihayag din sa inyo ito ay matatanggap ninyo ang mga SUSI sa Kaharian ni Amang Yahweh na nasa Mateo 16:19 at maiintindihan ninyo ang nangyaring sabwatan sa Golgotha.

SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA ANG BULAANG PROPETA NA SI CAIPAS: YahYah 11:51 ‘sinabi niya ito hindi sa ganang kanyang sarili lamang, bilang punong Seserdote ng panahong iyon, hinulaan niyang mamamatay si Yahshu’a dahil sa bayan’. YeremiYah 23:31-32 ‘ako’y laban sa mga propetang kumakatha ng sariling pangitain saka sasabihing iyon ay ang sabi ni Yahweh. Ako’y laban sa propetang nagsasalaysay ng kasinungalingan upang dayain ang aking bayan, hindi ko sila sinugo at wala silang kabuluhang idudulot sa bayang ito’. Deuteronomo 18:21-22 ‘upang matiyak ninyo kung ano ang sinasabi ng propeta ay kung galing kay Yahweh o hindi, ito ang palatandaan: kapag hindi nagyari o hindi nagkatutoo ang sinabi niya, yaon ay hindi mula kay Yahweh, sariling katha niya iyon, huwag ninyo siyang paniwalaan’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 68

Si Caipas ay isang bulaang Propeta at hindi karapat-dapat na maging punong Seserdote dahil hindi siya nanggaling sa lahi ni Aaron na Levita. Samakatwid hindi mula kay Yahweh ang kanyang inihula. Bakit ang mga tigapagturo ng Jesús ay naniniwala sa hula ng bulaang propetang si Caipas, at pati na ang mga naniniwala sa tunay na pangalan ni Amang Yahweh at Yahshu’a Messiah ay pinaniwalaan din ang hula ng bulaang propetang si Caipas at naniniwala sa Hindi Seserdote ni Amang Yahweh.

PINANGGALINGAN NG BULAANG SESERDOTE NA KAGAYA NI CAIPAS 1 Hari 12:31 ‘nagtayo pa sila ng mga sambahan sa burol at naglagay ng mga Seserdote na hindi mula sa lipi ng Levita, kundi pangkaraniwang tao lamang (NehemiYah 7:63-65)’. 1 Hari 13:33 ‘sa ginawang kasamaang ito ni Yeroboam, hindi siya tumigil sa paggawa ng kasamaan, patuloy parin siyang nagtatalaga ng mga Seserdote na hindi lahing Levita kundi pangkaraniwang tao lamang’. Si Caipas ay hindi nanggaling sa lahi ni Aaron na Levita, samakatwid si Caipas ay hindi tamang Seserdote.

ANG TAMANG SESERDOTE Lukas 1:5 ‘Nang si Herodes ang hari ng Judea, may isang Seserdote na ang pangalan ay ZechariYah sa pangkat ni Abias, at mula rin sa lipi ni Aaron ang kanyang asawa na si Elizabeth’. NehemiYah 12:4 ‘mga Seserdote’ na Levita, ‘Iddo, Ginetoi, Abias’. Exodus 29:1 ‘Ganito ang gagawin mo sa pagtatalaga kay Aaron at sa kanyang mga anak na lalaki bilang Seserdote’.

SINO ANG NAGPLANO NA IPAPATAY ANG MESSIAH? YahYah 11:45-54 ‘marami sa mga Hudyong dumalaw kay Maria ang nakakita sa ginawa ni Yahshu’a at nanalig sa kanya. Ngunit ang ilan sa kanila’y pumunta sa mga Pariseo at ibinalita ang ginawa ni Yahshu’a, kaya’t tinipon ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Pariseo ang mga Kagawad ng Sanhedrin. ‘Ano ang gagawin natin’? Wika nila, gumagawa ng maraming kababalaghan ang taong iyon, kung siya’y pababayaan natin mananampalataya sa kanya ang lahat, paparito ang mga Romano at wawasakin ang Templo at ang ating bansa. Ngunit ang isa sa kanila si Caipas ang pinaka-punong Seserdote noon ay nagsabi ng ganito, ‘Ano ba kayo, hindi ba ninyo naiisip na mas mabuti para sa atin na isang tao lamang ang mamatay alang-alang sa bayan, sa halip na mapahamak ang buong bansa. (sinabi niya ito hindi sa ganang kanyang sarili lamang bilang punongSeserdote sa panahong iyon – hinulaan niya na mamamatay si Yahshu’a dahil sa bansa – at hindi lamang sa bansang iyon lamang kundi upang tipunin ang nagkawatak-watak na mga Anak ng Maykapal). Mula noon ay binalangkas na nila kung paano ipapapatay si Yahshu’a. Kaya’t siya’y hindi na hayagang naglakad sa Hudea. Sa halip, siya’y nagpunta sa Efraim, isang bayang malapit sa ilang at doon siya nanirahan kasama ng kanyang mga alagad’.

BINALAK NA IPAPATAY NA RIN SI LAZARO YahYah 12:10-11 ‘Binalak ng mga punong Seserdote na ipapatay din si Lazaro, sapagkat dahilan sa kanya’y maraming Hudyong humihiwalay na sa kanila at nananalig na kay Yahshu’a’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 69

IBIG IPAPATAY NI HERODES SI YAHSHU’A Lukas 13:31 ‘Dumating noon ang ilang Pariseo, sinabi nila kay Yahshu’a, ‘umalis ka rito, sapagkat ibig kang ipapatay ni Herodes’. Lukas 3:6 ‘umalis ang mga Pariseo at nakipagsabwatan sa mga kampon ni Herodes upang ipapatay si Yahshu’a’.

ANAK NI YAHWEH AY IBA SA ANAK NG TAO Genesis 6:2 ‘ang mga Anak ni Yahweh ay nakita ang mga babaeng ‘Anak ng Tao’ na magaganda, kaya pumili sila ng kani-kanilang mapapangasawa’

ANAK NG TAO Genesis 11:5 ‘bumaba si Yahweh upang tingnan ang lungsod at ang toreng itinatayo ng mga Anak ng Tao’.

SI YAHSHU’A HANGGANG SA NINUNO NIYANG SI ADAN AY MGA ANAK NI YAHWEH Lukas 3: 23 – 38 ‘ si Yahshu’a ay mag-tatatlumpung taon na ng magsimulang magturo, na anak ni Yahseph, na anak ni Heli,………38..na anak ni Enos, na anak ni Seth, na anak ni Adan na Anak ni Yahweh’.

SINO ANG ANAK NG TAO, SINO AKO? SI YAHSHU’A AY ANAK NI YAHWEH NA BUHAY Mateo 16:13-17 ‘Nang dumating si Yahshu’a sa lupain ng Caesaria ng Filipos, tinanong niya ang kanyang mga alagad, ‘sino raw ang ‘Anak ng Tao’, ayon sa mga tao? At sumagot sila, ang sabi po ng ilan ay si YahYah Bautista, sabi naman ng iba ay si EliYah, at may nagsabi pang si YeremiYah o isa sa mga propeta. Kayo naman, ano ang sabi ninyo sino ako? Tanong niya sa kanila. Sumagot si Simon Pedro, ‘kayo po ang Messiah ang Anak ni Yahweh na buhay’, sinabi sa kanya ni Yahshu’a, mapalad ka Simon na anak ni Yonas, sapagkat ang katotohanang ito’y hindi inihayag sa iyo ng sinumang tao kundi ng aking Ama na nasa langit’.

ANO ANG KATOTOHANAN NA HINDI INIHAYAG NG SINUMANG TAO KUNDI ANG AMANG YAHWEH LAMANG? Na makilala na BUHAY si Yahshu’a ang Messiah na ANAK NI YAHWEH

SINO BA ANG ANAK NG TAO? YahYah 12:32-34 ‘at kung ako’y maitaas na, ilalapit ko sa akin ang lahat ng tao’, sumagot ang mga tao, ‘sinasabi sa Kasulatan na ang Messiah ay mananatili Magpakailanman, sino ba itong Anak ng Tao?’ Samakatwid, ang binanggit ni Yahshu’a ‘at kung ako’y maitaas na’ ay ang tamang pagkakasulat ay ‘at kung ang ‘Anak ng Tao’ ay maitaas na’. Ito’y mapapansin sa kasagutan ng mga tao sa pagtatanong ng ‘sino ba itong Anak ng Tao?’

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 70

Ang Translators ay hindi “Mapalad’ na kagaya ni Simon na anak ni Yonas na pinahayagan ni Amang Yahweh na si Yahshu’a ang Messiah ay BUHAY na ANAK NI YAHWEH

NAGPAKILALA SI YAHSHU’A NA ANAK NI YAHWEH YahYah 10:36 ‘ako’y hinirang at sinugo ng Ama, Yahweh sa sinabi ko na Ako ay Anak ni Yahweh’.

paano ninyong masasabi ngayon na nilalapastangan ko si

KINILALA SI YAHSHU’A Mateo 3:17 ‘ito ang minamahal kong Anak na lubos kong kinalulugdan’.

SINO BA ANG BINANGGIT NI YAHSHU’A NA KAILANGANG MAMATAY? Markos 8:31 ‘Anak ng Tao’ ay dapat magbata ng maraming hirap, siya ay itatakwil ng Matatanda ng Bayan, ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Eskriba at ipapapatay. Ngunit sa ikatlong araw muli siyang mabubuhay’. Lukas 9:21-22 ‘Anak ng Tao’ ay dapat magbata ng maraming hirap at itatakwil ng Matatanda ng Bayan, ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Eskriba, ipapapatay nila siya, ngunit sa ikatlong araw siya ay muling mabubuhay’.

MULING IPINAHAYAG NI YAHSHU’A ANG KAMATAYAN NG ANAK NG TAO Lukas 9:44-45 ‘ipagkakanulo ang Anak ng Tao’, ngunit ito’y hindi nila maunawaan sapagkat inilihim ito sa kanila’. Markos 9:31 ‘Ang Anak ng Tao ay ipagkakanulo at papatayin, ngunit muling mabubuhay sa ikatlong araw’. Mateo 17:22-23 ‘sinabi sa kanila ni Yahshu’a na ang Anak ng Tao ay ipagkakanulo at papatayin, ngunit muling mabubuhay sa ikatlong araw’.

IKATLONG BESES NA INIHAYAG NI YAHSHU’A ANG KAMATAYAN NG ANAK NG TAO Markos 10:33-34 ‘ang Anak ng Tao ay ipagkakanulo sa mga punong Seserdote at sa mga Eskriba, siya’y kanilang hahatulan ng kamatayan at ibibigay sa mga Gentil, siya’y tutuyain nila, luluraan, hahagupitin at papatayin, ngunit muli siyang mabubuhay pagkaraan ng tatlong araw’. Mateo 20:18 ‘aakyat tayo sa Yahrusalem. Doo’y ipagkakanulo sa mga punong Seserdote at sa mga Eskriba ang Anak ng Tao, hahatulan siya ng kamatayan at ibibigay sa mga Gentil. Siya’y tutuyain, hahagupitin at ipapako sa krus, ngunit muli siyang bubuhayin sa ikatlong araw’. Lukas 18:31-34 ‘tandaan ninyo ito pupunta tayo sa Yahrusalem at doo’y matutupad ang lahat ng sinulat ng mga propeta tungkol sa ‘Anak ng Tao’. Ipagkakanulo siya sa mga Gentil, tutuyain, dudustain at luluraan siya ng mga ito. Siya’y hahagupitin at papatayin nila, ngunit sa ikatlong araw ay muling mabubuhay. Subalit wala silang maunawaan sa kanilang narinig, hindi nila nakuha ang kahulugan niyon, at hindi man lamang nalaman kung ano ang sinabi ni Yahshu’a’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 71

Samakatwid ay tinutukoy ni Yahshu’a ay ang ‘Anak ng Tao’ ay dapat magbata ng maraming hirap, siya ay itatakwil ng Matatanda ng Bayan, ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Eskriba at ipapapatay. Ngunit sa ikatlong araw muling mabubuhay’. Si Yahshu’a ay ‘Anak ni Yahweh’ na inihayag kay Simon Pedro na anak ni Yonas, ito ay hindi inihayag ng tao kundi tanging si Amang Yahweh lamang ang naghayag nito.

UNANG ITINURO NI APOSTOL SAUL (PABLO) NA SI YAHSHU’A AY ANAK NI YAHWEH Gawa 9:20

‘Una niyang itinuro sa mga sinagoga na si Messiah Yahshu’a ay siya’ng Anak ni Yahweh

BAGO MAGBAUTISMO SI FELIPE NA DISIPOLO NI YAHSHU’A Gawa 8:37 ‘at si Felipe ay nagsabi ‘kung ikaw ay naniniwala ng buong puso, maniwala ka’, at siya’y sumagot, ‘naniniwala ako na si Yahshu’a ay Anak ni Yahweh’.

PINANGGALINGAN NG ALAMAT NA ‘NABUHAY NA MULI’ ALAMAT NI MYTHRA BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH (1200 B.C.E.) Si Mythra ng Persia ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‘Nabuhay Na Muli’ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI ATTIS BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (1200 B.C.E.) Si Attis ng Gresya ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‘Nabuhay Na Muli’ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI KRISHNA BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (900 B.C.E.) Si Krishna ng India ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‘Nabuhay Na Muli’ sa ikatlong araw.

ALAMAT NI TAMMUZ BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH Ezekiel 8:14 (597 B.C.E) Si Nimrod II ay tinawag naTammuz ng mga Babylonia, Azur naman ang tawag ng mga Asyrian, at Osiris naman ang tawag ng mga Egyptian. Si Nimrod II ay napatay at ang kanyang asawa ay nagbuntis sa ibang lalaki at pinalabas na ang bata ay si Nimrod II na ‘NABUHAY NA MULI’.Mula noon ang Alamat na ito ay naging bantog sa mga Alamat ng Griyego at Romano kahanay nila Jupiter at Zeus.

ALAMAT NI HORUS BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (300 B.C.E.) Si Horus ng Egypt ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‘Nabuhay Na Muli’ sa ikatlong araw.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 72

ALAMAT NI DIONYSUS BAGO LUMITAW SI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH NG NAZARETH (200 B.C.E.) Si Dionysus ng Gresya ay ipinanganak ng inang Birhen noong December 25, ipinako sa krus hanggang mamatay at ‘Nabuhay Na Muli’ sa ikatlong araw. Mapapansin na ang mga unang nagsalin (translators) ng Biblia ay nanggaling sa bansang naimpluwensyahan ng mga Alamat na ‘NABUHAY NA MULI’. Mapapanood sa Google video clipping ‘Part 1 The Greatest Story Ever Told’.

NADALANG PANINIWALA NI HERODES Markos 6:14-16, Mateo 14:1-22 ‘nakarating kay Haring Herodes ang balita tungkol kay Yahshu’a, sapagkat bantog na ang pangalan nito. May nagsabi, siya’y si YahYah Bautista na muling nabuhay, kaya nakakagawa siya ng mga himala. May nagsabi naman na siya’y si EliYah, siya’y propeta, katulad ng mga propeta noong una anang iba. Sinabi naman ni Herodes nang mabalitaan niya ito, ‘NABUHAY NA MULI’ si YahYah Bautista na pinapugutan ko’. Mapapansin na dati nang pinaniniwalaan ang alamat na ‘NABUHAY NA MULI’ ay sikat na sikat na paniniwala ng halos lahat ng Paganong Bansa bago pa magturo si Yahshu’a Messiah.

ANO BA ANG TALINGHAGA SA NABUHAY NA MULI? Lukas 15:32 ‘ngunit dapat tayong magsaya at magalak, sapagkat ‘NAMATAY NA’ ang kapatid mo, ngunit – ‘MULING NABUHAY’, ‘NAWALA’ ngunit muling nasumpungan’ Epeso 2:5

‘tayo’y ‘BINUHAY’ niya kay Messiah kahit noong tayo’y mga patay pa dahil sa ating mga pagsuway’.

Lukas 9:60 ‘ipaubaya mo sa mga patay ang paglilibing ng kanilang mga patay’. Marcos 4:11 ‘sa inyo’y ipinagkaloob na malaman ang lihim tungkol sa paghahari ni Yahweh, ngunit sa iba ay ang lahat ng bagay ay itinuturo sa pamamagitan ng talinghaga’.

PANALANGIN NI YAHSHU’A Lukas 22:42 ‘Ama’, wika niya, ‘kung maaari’y ilayo mo sa akin ang sarong ito, gayunma’y huwag ang kalooban ko ang masunod kundi ang KALOOBAN MO’.

DININIG ANG PANALANGIN NI YAHSHU’A Hebreo 5:7-8 ‘Noong si Yahshu’a ay namumuhay rito sa lupa, siya’y nanalangin at lumuluhang sumamo kay Amang Yahweh na makapagliligtas sa kanya sa kamatayan, at DININIG SIYA dahil sa lubusan siyang nagpakumbaba’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 73

KALOOBAN NG NAGMAMAY-ARI NA MAKAKUHA NG PRUTAS HINDI ANG MAPATAY ANG KANYANG ANAK Mateo 21:33-41 Pakinggan ninyo ang isang Talinghaga: May isang nagmamay-ari ng pataniman ng ubasan at tinayuan niya ng gawaan ng alak at tore at iniwan niya sa kanyang mga Magsasaka at siya ay pumunta sa ibang bansa. Nang dumating ang panahon na malapit ng magbunga ang mga pananim ay ipinadala niya ang ang kanyang mga Tagasunod sa Magsasaka upang makatanggap ng mga prutas. Ang Tagasunod ay binugbog at pinatay at ang iba ay pinagbabato. Muling nagpadala ng iba pang Tagasunod at ganoon din ang ginawa ng Magsasaka. Ngunit sa huli ay ipinadala ang kanyang anak sa paniwalang kanilang igagalang ang kanyang anak. Ngunit ng makita ng mga Magsasaka ang anak ay nagkaisa sila na sinabing “ito ang Tigapagmana, atin siyang Patayin at ating angkinin ang kanyang pagmamanahan” At ang Anak ay kanilang kinuha sa Pataniman ng ubas at kanilang Pinatay. Ngayon kung dumating na ang Nagmamay-ari ng pataniman ng ubas, ano ang kanyang gagawin sa mga Magsasaka? At sumagot sila na matinding sisirain ang mga masasamang tao at ibibigay ang kanyang pataniman ng ubas sa ibang Magsasaka na magsusukli sa kanya ng mga Prutas sa Tamang Panahon”. KALOOBAN ba ng Nagmamay-ari ng ubasan na mapatay ang kanyang Anak o ang KALOOBAN niya ay Makakuha ng Prutas?

INILAGAY SA KANILANG ISIP NA AKO’Y PATAY Awit 31:12 ‘ako ay kinalimutan nila at inilagay sa kanilang isip na ako ay patay’

Awit 118:17-22 ‘hindi ako mamamatay kundi mabubuhay, ihahayag ang kagila-gilalas na ginawa ni Yahweh. Kinastigo ako ni Yahweh, ngunit hindi ako ibinigay sa kamatayan’. 118:22 ‘ang batong inayawan ay siyang naging pinaka-saligang bato’ Ito ay naisalin sa Gawa 4:11-12 ‘ang batong inayawan ay naging pinaka-saligang bato, walang kaligtasan sa kaninuman, dahil walang tanging pangalan sa silong ng langit na ipinagkaloob sa mga tao kundi sa pangalan ni Yahshu’a Messiah’. Lukas 24:44 ‘ito ang tinutukoy ko ng sabihin ko sa inyo noong kasama-sama pa ninyo ako, ‘dapat matupad ang lahat ng nakasulat tungkol sa akin sa Kasulatan ni Moses, sa Aklat ng mga Propeta, at sa mga Aklat ng Awit ni David’.

ANG MGA NAKASULAT SA MGA KASULATAN NI MOSES, AKLAT NG MGA PROPETA AT SA AKLAT NG AWIT NI DAVID Deuteronomo 18:15 ‘si Yahweh ay magtatalaga ng Propeta sa kalagitnaan ninyo, na kalahi ninyo, na kagaya ko (si Moses ay Levita rin), sa kanya kayo dapat makinig’. Awit 118:17-22 ‘hindi ako mamamatay kundi mabubuhay, ihahayag ang kagila-gilalas na ginawa ni Yahweh. Kinastigo ako ni Yahweh, ngunit hindi ako ibinigay sa kamatayan’. 118:22 ‘ang batong inayawan ay siyang naging pinaka-saligang bato’ Daniel 9:26 ‘at paglipas ng animnapu at dalawang linggo ang Messiah ay mapuputol, ngunit hindi para sa kanyang sarili’: Mapuputol ngunit hindi sinabing mamamatay. Isaiah 53:8 ‘siya ay inilabas sa kulungan at sa paghatol: at sino ang makakapagsabi sa kasama niya sa kanyang henerasyon na siya ay pinutol sa lupain ng mga buhay? Dahil sa kasalanan ng kanyang bayan siya ay nagdalamhati’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 74

Si Propeta Isaiah ay sumulat ng pangsubok na katanungan na sino sa kanyang kapanahunang ka-henerasyon na makakapagsabi na siya ay naputol sa lupain ng mga buhay. Dahil sa kasalanan ng kanyang bayan siya ay nagdalamhati (stricken).

WALANG NAKASULAT SA MGA KASULATAN NG MGA HUDYO NA ANG MESSIAH AY MAGBABATA NG HIRAP. ITO AY DAGDAG NG NAGSALIN NG SULAT NI MATEO NA ANG MESSIAH AY MAGBABATA NG HIRAP

Mateo 26:27-28 ‘NAGPASALAMAT’. Tingnan ang Mateo 15:36 ‘ibinigay niya sa kanila – LAHAT KAYO, kagaya sa Markos 14:23-24, sa sunud-sunod na ulat ni Markos ang mga Disipolo ay UMINOM at pagkatapos ay sinabi ni Yahshu’a ang salitang ito. Sa Mateo ay PINALITAN ITO at ginawang pautos na INUMIN NINYO sinundan ng salitang ‘AKING DUGO’, tingnan ang Leviticus 17:11 dahil ang dumanak na dugo ang dahilan ng buhay at kung ilalagay ito sa altar ay MAKAKAPAGPATAWAD ng mga KASALANAN na may relasyon sa Huling Hapunan. Sa mga salita na nasalin sa Griyego, tingnan ang Markos 14:24 ‘MARAMI’, tingnan ang Mateo 20:28, dahil sa ‘KAPATAWARAN NG KASALANAN’ AY IDINUGTUNG SA AKLAT NI MATEO. Parehas na salita ang nasa Markos 1:4 sa pagbabautismo ni YahYah Bautista ngunit sa Mateo ay INIWASAN ITO (Mateo 3:11). Ginawa ito maari dahil ‘NAIS NIYANG IPALAGAY NA ANG PAGSASAKRIPISYO NG MESSIAH SA KAMATAYAN AY ANG MAGBIBIGAY NG KAPATAWARAN NG MGA KASALANAN’.

Maliwanan na IDINAGDAG lamang sa Mateo na ang ‘KAPATAWARAN NG MGA KASALANAN AY ANG KAMATAYAN NG MESSIAH’. Ano ba ang KAPATAWARAN ng mga kasalanan?

JUBILEE YEAR Ang Kapatawaran sa Mga Kasalanan Leviticus 25:8-55, ang Jubilee Year ay ang KAPATAWARAN sa mga materyal na mga pagkakautang, ngunit ang espiritual na utang ay mga kasalanan na katulad sa Jubilee Year na PINATATAWAD ang materyal na utang ay ganoon din PINATATAWAD ang espiritual na utang na mga kasalanan. Lukas 4:19 ‘upang ituro ang Katanggap-tanggap na Taon ni Yahweh’. Ang tinutukoy na Katanggap-tanggap na Taon ni Yahweh ay ang Jubilee Year. Lahat ng mga Escolar ay naniniwala na ang Katanggap-tanggap na Taon ni Yahweh ay ang Jubilee Year. Lukas 7:36-50 ‘si Yahshu’a ay inimbitahan ni Simon na isang Pariseo upang kumain sa kanyang tahanan, at ang isang masamang babae ay hinugasan sa luha at pinunasan ng kanyang buhok, nilagyan ng pabango at hinalikan ang mga paa ni Yahshu’a. Ang mga nanduroong Pariseo ay nagsabi na kung talagang Propeta si Yahshu’a ay makikilala niya agad ito na isang masamang babae. Ngunit tinanong ni Yahshu’a si Simon (na Pariseo) tungkol sa dalawang tao na may pagkakautang na 500 Dinaryo at 50 Dinaryo, Nang hindi parehong makapagbayad ay agad na pinatawad sa pagkakautang ang dalawa. Ngayon sino sa kanila ang higit na magmamahal sa nagpatawad sa utang? Sumagot si Simon na ang mas Malaki ang pagkakautang ang mas higit na magmamahal. Sa ganitong sagot ni Simon ay itinuro ni Yahshu’a ang makasalanang babae (Lukas 7:47) at sinabi na kahit Marami o Malaki ang kasalanan ng babae ay PINATAWAD NA dahil Malaki rin ang isinukli niyang pagmamahal. At sinabi ni Yahshu’a sa babae ‘Ang iyong mga kasalanan ay PINATAWAD NA’ (Lukas 7:48). At ang mga kasalo sa pagkain ay nagsimulang magtanong sa sarili, ‘sino ba ito na pati pagpapatawad ng kasalanan ay pinanga-ngahasan? Ngunit sinabi ni Yahshu’a sa babae ‘INILIGTAS KA NG IYONG PANANALIG, YUMAON KA NA AT IPANATAG MO ANG IYONG KALOOBAN’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 75

Samakatwid ang may malaking pagkakautang na pinatawad ay kagaya noong babae na may malaking kasalanan, ito ay ang ibig sabihin ng Jubilee Year, na mas-Malaki ang halaga na maisasanla ang ari-arian kung Malaki pa ang panahon bago dumating ang Jubilee Year, at mas-Maliit naman ang halaga kung maliit na ang panahon bago dumating ang Jubilee Year. Ang Jubilee Year ay nagpapatawad sa mga utang na materyal, samantala ang utang na espiritual ay ang mga kasalanan ay ganoon din ay PINATATAWAD sa Taon na Katanggap-tanggap kay Yahweh . Ang pananampalataya ng babae ang nagligtas sa kanya, ito ang pananampalataya sa itinuro ni Yahshu’a sa Lukas 4:19 na Jubilee Year. Kung ang pananampalataya sa Taon na Katanggap-tanggap kay Yahweh (Jubilee Year) ay isang daan sa IKAPAPATAWAD sa mga utang na kasalanan, Bakit kailangan pang mamatay ang Messiah sa ikapapatawad ng ating mga kasalanan?

IMBISTIGASYON SA MGA NAGANAP: SINO ANG NAGPLANO NA IPAPATAY ANG MESSIAH? YahYah 11:45-54 ‘marami sa mga Hudyong dumalaw kay Maria ang nakakita sa ginawa ni Yahshu’a at nanalig sa kanya. Ngunit ang ilan sa kanila’y pumunta sa mga Pariseo at ibinalita ang ginawa ni Yahshu’a, kaya’t tinipon ng mga punong Seserdote at ng mga Pariseo ang mga Kagawad ng Sanhedrin. ‘Ano ang gagawin natin? Wika nila, ‘gumagawa ng maraming kababalaghan ang taong iyon, kung siya’y pababayaan natin mananampalataya sa kanya ang lahat, paparito ang mga Romano at wawasakin ang Templo at ang ating bansa. Ngunit ang isa sa kanila si Caipas ang pinaka-punong Seserdote noon ay nagsabi ng ganito, ‘Ano ba kayo, hindi ba ninyo naiisip na mas mabuti para sa atin na isang tao lamang ang mamatay alang-alang sa bayan, sa halip na mapahamak ang buong bansa. ( sinabi niya ito hindi sa ganang kanyang sarili lamang bilang punong-Seserdote sa panahong iyon – hinulaan niya na mamamatay si Yahshu’a dahil sa bansa – at hindi lamang sa bansang iyon lamang kundi upang tipunin ang nagkawatak-watak na mga Anak ng Maykapal). Mula noon ay binalangkas na nila kung paano ipapapatay si Yahshu’a. Kaya’t siya’y hindi na hayagang naglakad sa Hudea. Sa halip, siya’y nagpunta sa Efraim, isang bayang malapit sa ilang at doon siya nanirahan kasama ng kanyang mga alagad’.

BLASPHEMY Noong kapanahunan nang ang Israel ay masasakop na ng Bansang Assyria ay naglabas ng Batas ang Sanhedrin, sa sinumang bumanggit ng Banal na pangalang Yahweh ay magkakasala ng ‘Pamumusong’ (Blasphemy). Ito ay mababasa sa Encyclopedia Judaica sa Titulong ‘YHWH”. Kahit na ang pinaikling tawag kay Yahweh na ‘Yah’ ay binibigkas na ng ‘Ye’ (Ezra 2:2) sa pag-iwas sa pagbanggit ng pangalang Yahweh. Sa kapanahunan ni Yahshu’a Messiah ay pinatawan siya ng pagkakasala ng Blasphemy. Mateo 26: 64-65 ‘sinasabi ko sa inyo na ang ‘Anak ng Tao’ ay uupo sa kanan ng ‘Makapangyarihan’ at darating sa mga alapaap ng kalangitan’ sa ganoon ay pinunit ng punong Seserdote ang sariling kasuutan at pinatawan ng kasalanang ‘Kapusungan’ (Blasphemy) si Yahshu’a. Ang ‘Blasphemy’ ay pagkakasala sa pagbigkas ng Banal na pangalang Yahweh, kaya hindi ‘Makapangyarihan’ ang binanggit ni Yahshu’a kundi ang pangalang Yahweh kaya siya ay pinatawan ng pagkakasala ng “Pamumusong’ (Blasphemy).

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 76

Si Yahshu’a ay dinala ng mga tauhan ng punong seserdote kay Gobernador Pilato at ipinadala naman ni Pilato si Yahshu’a kay Tetraikang Herodes, ngunit hindi hinatulan ng Kamatayan ni Herodes si Yahshu’a, at si Yahshu’a ay ibinalik kay Gobernador Pilato. Naging magkaibigan tuloy sila na dati’y magkagalit. Sa ganiton pananaw ay hindi sasalungatin ni Pilato ang naging desisyon ni Herodes na kabago-bago palang niyang kaibigan, (Lukas 23:13-15). Si Gobernador Pilato naman ay pinagsabihan ng kanyang asawa na huwag pakialaman si Yahshu’a dahil pinahirapan siya sa panaginip sa nakaraang gabi. Sa ganito ay hindi nanaisin ni Pilato na hindi pagbigyan ang kahilingan ng kanyang asawa, (Mateo 27:19). Dahil lamang sa pangangailangang pagbigyan ang mga tao na alam ni Pilato na sinuhulan ng mga punong Seserdote ay kinailangang baguhin ang una niyang desisyon na ‘walang kasalanan si Yahshu’a at kanyang palalayain, (YahYah 18:38, Luke 23:4, Luke 23:13-16, Luke 23:20).

ANO ANG UGALI NI GOBERNADOR PILATO? Paanong maging sunod-sunuran si Pilato sa kagustuhan ng mga tao lamang, kung ang ugali niya ay ganito, ‘ ang naisulat na niya’y hindi na pwedeng baguhin? Samakatwid, ang unang desisyon ni Pilato na si Yahshu’a ay walang kasalanan at palalayain ay hindi pwedeng magbago. Ngunit dahil sa pagnanais ng mga punong Seserdote (na mas mababa ang kapangyarihan kaysa kay Gobernador Pilato) na maipapatay si Yahshu’a, kinakailangan pulungin ni Pilato ang lahat ng kanyang batalyon. Pinapasok niya ang mga ito sa kanyang palasyo at doon ay sila-sila lamang ang nag-usap na paanong ipatupad ang kagustuhan ng mga tao na sinuhulan ng mga punong Seserdote at ang pagsunod sa unang desisyon ni Pilato na palayain si Yahshu’a. (Hindi nakapasok sa Palasyo ang mga Hudyo dahil maituturing silang marumi at hindi karapat-dapat sa Hapunang pang-Paskua, (YahYah 18:28, YahYah 19:19-22). Lumabas ang Batalyon na kasama si Yahshu’a na may buhat na kahoy (krus). Nang makita nila si Simon na tagaCyrene (Libya sa ngayon), kanilang ipina-buhat kay Simon ang kahoy na buhat ni Yahshu’a at si Yahshu’a ay inilagay sa likuran. Ang kanilang dinaanan ay pasilyong makitid na daanan lamang, kaya sa susunod na pagliko ay ang nakita na ng mga tao na may buhat ng kahoy ay si Simon na. Mapapansin na sa ika-labingdala ng tanghali hanggang sa ikatlo ng hapon ay nagdilim sa kapaligiran. Mapapansin din na walang nakasulat sa Bagong Tipan na ‘isinauli ni Simon kay Yahshu’a ang kahoy kaya ng siya ay sumigay ng ‘Ama, patawarin mo sila dahil hindi nila alam ang kanilang ginagawa’. Si Simon na taga Cyrene ay nagsasalita ng Griyegong wika. Sa Cyrene hanggang sa ngayon ay marami pang lahi ng mga Griyego sa Susa, sa Shihat, sa Beda at sa iba pang lugar sa Libya. YahYah 8:29 ‘at kasama ko ang nagsugo sa akin, hindi niya ako iniiwan sapagkat lagi kong ginagawa ang nakalulugod sa kanya’. Paanong si Yahshu’a ay magsasalita ng ‘Ama, Ama bakit mo ako pinabayaan? o ang ‘Eli, Eli lama Sabacthani’ kung hindi naman siya iniiwan ng nagsugo sa kanya?

Ayon sa Strong’s Exhaustive Concordance of the Hebrew Bible Chaldean Hebrew at Greek Dictionary: Greek Dictionary: 2241 (Greek) ELI = my God – in Hebrew (EL) ‘Ale’ = mighty, Almighty 1682 (Greek) ELOI = my God 2982 (Greek) LAMA = why – in Hebrew 4100 MAH = why In Hebrew 3027 YAD = Thou 4518 (Greek) SABACTHANI = thou has left me – in Hebrew 7662 In Hebrew 7662 SHEBAQ = allow to remain

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 77

‘Ama, Ama, Bakit Mo Ako Pinabayaan’ ay salitang sumisisi sa Ama. Yob (Job) 1:22 ‘sa kabila ng mga pangyayaring ito ay hindi nagkasala si Yob, hindi niya sinisi si Yahweh’. Hindi maaring sisihin ni Yahshu’a ang Ama sa Langit dahil ito ay kasalanan. Si Yob ay hindi nagkasala dahil hindi niya sinisi ang Ama sa Langit.

MGA SAKSI May mga saksi na ang taong nakabayubay sa kahoy (krus) ay sumigaw ng Eli, Eli Lama Sabacthani na isang salitang Griego. Hinintay ng mga saksi na baka dumating si Propeta EliYah na tinawag ng nakabayubay sa kahoy. SI YAHSHU’A AY HINDI NAGSASALITA NG SALITANG GRIYEGO KUNDI SALITANG HEBREO LAMANG Gawa 10:28, Gawa 26:14 ‘alam ninyo na ang isang Hudyo ay pinagbabawalan ng kanyang pananampalataya na makisama o dumalaw sa isang hindi Hudyo’. ‘ Nakarinig ako na nagsasalita sa wikang Hebreo’

KASABWAT SI PILATO SA SABWATAN SA GOLGOTHA Markos 15:44 ‘hindi magugulat si Gobernador Pilato at magtatanong pa, ‘kung may napatay’ at kung tutuo na desisyon ni Pilato na ipapatay si Yahshu’a.

ANG DECOY YahYah 19:39 ‘sumama sa kanya si Nicodemus, may dalang pabango, mga 100 libra ng pinaghalong mira at aloe (si Nicodemus ang nagsadya kay Yahshu’a isang gabi). Mateo 27:62-65‘kinabukasan, pagkatapos ng Araw ng paghahanda, sama-samang nagpunta kay Pilato ang mga punong Seserdote at mga Pariseo. Sinabi nila ‘Naaalala po namin na sinabi ng mapagpanggap na iyon noong nabubuhay pa na siya’s muling mabubuhay pagkaraan ng tatlong araw. Baka pumaroon ang kanyang mga alagad at nakawin ang bangkay at sabihin nila sa mga tao na siya’y muling nabuhay. At ang pandarayang ito ay magiging ‘MASAHOL PA SA NAUNA’ Mateo 28:65 ‘ dahil sa ang napatay ay nagsasalita ng wikang Griyego na Eli, Eli Lama Sabacthani ay pinuntahan kaagad ng mga punong seserdote si Gobernador Pilato upang matiyak nila kung sino ang talagang napatay. Nagdahilan pa sila na baka mabuhay muli ang napatay ayon sa sinabi nito ng nabubuhay pa at baka nakawin ng kanyang alagad at palabasing nabuhay na muli. Ito ay mababaw na dahilan dahil kakailanganing maipakita ang taong napatay na ito ay buhay. Kaya sinabi sa kanila ni Gobernador Pilato na mayroon silang sariling kawal (kawal ng punong Seserdote na dumakip kay Yahshu’a) kaya sinabihan sila ni Pilato na ‘bantayan nila ang libingan’ (Mateo 27:65) Mateo 28:14-15 ‘bukas na ang libingan ng datnan ng mga kawal at ipinakita sa mga punong Seserdote. Inakala naman nila na makakarating sa Gobernador na pinakialaman nila ang libingan na buksan upang masiguro kung sino ang nailibing doon, ngunit wala silang natagpuang bangkay, kaya nagkatha sila ng salita at sinuhulan ang mga kawal ng punong Seserdote na palabasin na kinuha ang bangkay ng mga alagad ni Yahshu’a.. ‘Sinabi ng mga

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 78

Seserdote na ‘huwag kayong mag-alala, makarating man ito sa Gobernador ‘KAMI ANG BAHALA’.Tinanggap ng mga bantay ang salapi at ginawa ang bilin sa kanila – hanggang sa ngayon ito parin ang sabi ng mga Hudyo’.

MGA SAKSI NA SI YAHSHU’A AY BUHAY Si Gobernador Festo at Si Apostol Saul Gawa 25:19 ‘ ang pinagtatalunan lamang nila ay tungkol sa kanilang pananampalataya at sa isang tao na ang pangalan ay Yahshu’a, patay na ang taong ito ngunit ipinipilit naman ni Saul (Pablo) na siya’y SIGURADONG BUHAY. Si Gobernador Festo ang pumalit kay Gobernador Felix at nang dumating si Haring Agrippa upang bumati kay Festo, inilahad ni Festo kay Haring Agrippa ang tungkol kay Pablo, at sa kanyang salita sa Hari ay nabanggit niya na ipinipilit ni Saul na SIGURADONG BUHAY si Yahshu’a. Sa pagsasalita sa kagalanggalang na Hari, ang isang Gobernador ay magsasalita ng tamang salita, at si Gobernador Festo ay nakapag-aral na tao at alam niya ang salitang ‘RESURRECTION’ o nabuhay na muli, ngunit bakit hindi niya ginamit ang salitang ‘NABUHAY NA MULI’ kundi ang kanyang tinuran ay ‘ipinipilit ni Saul na si Yahshu’a ay SIGURADONG BUHAY’.

Anghel ni Yahweh Lukas 24:5 ‘bakit ninyo hinahanap ang BUHAY sa gitna ng mga patay? Ito ang tinuran ng Anghel ni Yahweh na sinabing si Yahshu’a ay ‘BUHAY’ at hindi ang ‘Resurrection o Nabuhay na Muli’. Ang isang Anghel ni Yahweh ay hindi magsasalita ng mali, sa Lukas 24:23 ‘mga Angel na nagsabing ‘BUHAY SI YAHSHU’A’.

Si Yahshu’a na mismo ang Saksi Lukas 13:31-33 ‘dumating doon ang ilang Pariseo, sinabi nila kay Yahshu’a na ‘umalis ka dito sapagkat ibig kang ipapatay ni Herodes’. At sumagot si Yahshu’a, ‘sabihin mo sa kanya na nagpapalayas pa ako ngayon ng mga demonyo at nagpapagaling, bukas ay ganoon din, at sa ikatlong araw tatapusin ko ang aking gawain. Ngunit dapat akong magpatuloy sa lakad ngayon, bukas at sa makalawa sapagkat ‘IMPOSIBLENG MAMATAY ANG ISANG PROPETA SA LABAS NG YAHRUSALEM’. (Hosea 6:2). Si Yahshu’a narin ang nagsabi na imposibleng mamatay ang propeta na tinutukoy niya ang sarili niya (Deoteronomo 18:15).

Sa Awit ni Haring David Awit 118:17-22 ‘hindi ako mamamatay kundi mabubuhay, ihahayag ang kagila-gilalas na ginawa ni Yahweh. Kinastigo ako ni Yahweh, ngunit hindi ako ibinigay sa kamatayan’. 118:22 ‘ang batong inayawan ay siyang naging pinaka-saligang bato’

Sa Isinulat ni Lukas Ito ay naisalin sa Gawa 4:11-12 ‘ang batong inayawan ay naging pinaka-saligang bato, walang kaligtasan sa kaninuman, dahil walang tanging pangalan sa silong ng langit na ipinagkaloob sa mga tao kundi sa pangalan ni Yahshu’a Messiah’.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 79

HINDI PWEDENG PATAYIN ANG ANOINTED NI YAHWEH 1 Samuel 24:4-7 “Ang mga tauhan ni David ay sinabihan siya, dumating na ang araw sa sinabi ni Yahweh na aking ipagkakaloob sa iyong kamay ang iyong kaaway upang gawaan mo siya ng iyong ikatutuwa. At si David ay pinutol ang laylayan ng damit ni Saul ng palihim”. Sa puso ni David ay pinatay na niya si Saul dahil pinutol niya ang laylayan ng damit ni Saul. At sinabi ni David sa kanyang mga tauhan “patawarin ako ni Yahweh sa ginawa kong ito sa aking amo na ‘Anointed ni Yahweh’ na lumaban ako sa kanya na alam nating siya ay Anointed ni Yahweh”. Sinabihan ni David ang kanyang mga tauhan na huwag silang gagawa ng masama kay Saul. At si Saul ay nagising at lumabas ng kweba”. 1 Samuel 24:10 “Ngayong araw na ito nakita ng mga mata mo sa loob ng kweba ay ipinagapi ka sa akin, ang iba ay sinabihan ako na patayin ka, ngunit sa aking mata ay iniligtas kita at sinabi ko na hindi ko gagamitin ang aking kamay laban sa aking amo DAHIL SIYA AY ANOINTED NI YAHWEH”. 2 Samuel 1:14-16 “sinabi ni David ‘Hindi kaba Natakot na ginamit mo ang iyong kamay upang wasakin ang Anointed ni Yahweh?, at tinawag ni David ang isang kabataang lalaki at ipinapatay ang Amalekita. At sinabi ni David ‘ang dugo mo ay sumaiyong ulo dahil sa iyong labi ay sumaksi ka laban sa iyong sarili nang sinabi mong ‘Pinatay Mo ang Anointed ni Yahweh’.

Natagpuang aklat ni Pedro sa isang Libingan sa Egypto Bible Dictionary of the Holy Bible Natagpuan sa isang libingan sa Egypto noong 1886 A.D. ang ‘THE GOSPEL OF PETER’ at nailathala noong 1892 A.D. ay maaaring DOCETIC GOSPEL at mahalang katibayan sa istorya na CRUCIFIXION at RESURRECTION kahit na ito ay may halatang BINAGO sa pag-pabor sa mga HERESY na iyan.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 80

SALAMAT SA PINAGKUNAN NG MGA SALIKSIK

Batanguenos, Ilonggos and the Tausogs of Sulu Bloodline ANG MARAGTAS KANG MADYA-AS The "Maragtas" legend explained that sometime between 1200-1250's; ten (10) Malay Datus' together with their families, households and subordinates fled the tyrannical rule of Makatunaw, the Shri-Vijaya Sultan of Bornay (Borneo). Led by Datu Puti, the Sultanate Minister, they landed in the Island of "Aninipay" or Panay. They bartered their gold and jewelries with the local Ati Chieftain Marikudo for the lowlands, plains and valleys of the Island they called "Madya-as" or Paradise. The land where time began; the birth of the "Ilonggo Nation" and the cradle of ancient Filipino civilization. For about 300 years before the coming of the Spaniards, the Ilonggos lived in comparative prosperity and peace under an organized government, the "Katiringban et Madia-as" or the Confederation of Madya-as and with such laws as the Code of Kalantiaw and/or the Maragtas Code of Sumakwel. The Period of emigration was later confirmed to be during the early part of the 1400's as recorded in the ancient Chinese Ming Dynasty Chronicles. (Related articles below) ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oo0oo~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ The Maragtas Legend and the Ancient Chinese Ming Dynasty: The inclusion in the ancient Chronology of the "Chinese Ming Dynasty and Islamic Influences" by Guo Zhongli about the saga of Bornean Datu Putih, Code of Kalantiaw and the Maragtas Code of Sumakwel, are like drops of rain on a hot summer day. Likewise, this is a shot in the arm to ilonggo believers of their glorious past & noble heritage. According to Ming Chroniclers: "...1372 AD -Sabah Journal reported a Ming envoy, Prince Sahib ul-Kahar Ong Sum-ping to have sailed through the Sulu Archipelago to Kinabatangan in North Borneo and established a permanent Chinese foothold in that vast uninhabited island...." ------------ --------- "...1390 AD - Srivijayan Raja Baguinda, a minor ruler of Minangkabau, arrived in Sulu from Swarna Dwipa and founded the town of Bwansa in Jolo Island;...." ------------ --------- Postulated analysis: With the passage of time, inter-racial marriages and inter-relationship between neighboring islanders brought about a new generation of north Borneans under Sri-Vijayan Ruler Raja Baguinda (Sultan Makatunaw ?)... Sahib ul-Kahar Ong Sum-ping, the light-complected Sino patriarch (Datu Putih ?) and nine Bornean datus later fled Bornay and landed in Panay in the early 1400's. (Not between 1214-1250 as earlier believed) ------------ --------- --------- --------- ---We noted the following in contradiction viz-a-viz our contentions: ------------ --------- --------- --------- ----

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 81

According to Ming Chroniclers: "...1433 AD - A Seven-Datu-Council codified the Code of Kalantiaw (by Kalantiaw) and the Maragtas Code (by Sumakwel) for the people of Panay Island; -Three Adatus from the original ten who came to Panay left for Batangas and Mindoro; -Datu Putih was one of them but eventually returned to North Borneo from where no trace of him was found...." ---------- -------- --------- --------Maragtas Legend:------------------------------------- Ming Dynasty Chronicler's: 1) The name: Datu Puti-------------------------------Datu Putih 2) Landed in Panay: middle 13th Century-------Early 15th century 3) 3-datus remained 7 left for luzon--------------7-datus remained 3 left for luzon 4) Reached Batangas & explored Luzon---------Reached Batangas via Mindoro 5) From Batangas, settled & died in Sulu--------Back to Borneo with no trace thereafter. "Astana Putih" - present seat of the Royal Sulu Sultanate at Umbal Duwa in Indanan, Jolo Island in the Tausog Region of Sulu could have been named after Datu Putih. ------------ --------- --------- ---We are inclined to believe the ancient Chinese Ming Dynasty recorded chronicles because of the confirmed two points early emigration to the Philippine archipelago, also above-cited. ------------ --------- --------- ---Be that as it may, Pedro A. Monteclaro's "Maragtas" painstakingly created --became his legacy to the Ilonggo's; a guide for future generations, notwithstanding attempts of distortions by others to discredit his efforts. ------------ --------- --------- --The "Maragtas Legend" shall forever be in the minds and enshrined in the hearts of Ilonggos, wherever they may be...a nostalgic memory...of a perceived myth that became a legend ...and the legend that turned out to be the history of a proud and noble People...of the once great Ilonggo Nation! ==============================================================

ANG MGA KALIWAT NI "DATU PUTI" Sadto nga mga panahon, sang ang "Aninipay" ukon Isla sang Panay nabahin na sa mga tribu sa pag pamuno nanday Datu Bangkaya ang Akean" (Aklan & Capiz); Datu Paiburong ang "Irong-Irong" (Iloilo) kag sa kay Datu Sumakwel naman ang "Hamtik" (Antique); ang tribu iya ni Datu Puti kag sang iban pa, nag pasad puluy-an sa "Araut" (Dumangas) malapit sa pampang sang suba nga indi man malayo sa dagat nga naga atubang sa Isla sang "Himal-os" (Guimaras). ------------------------------------------------------Nag ligad ang mga tinuig, ang apo ni Datu Puti ang ngalan Raja-Mun upod ang iya sakop nag balhin sa lugar nga madamo ang tanum nga putat kag ila gin hingadlan "Kaputatan" (Pototan). Apang ang iya guid suod nga bugto ngalan si Raja-il nag pabilin sa "Araut" (Dumangas) sang ang mal-am nga Apoy kag anum ka Datu upod iban nga sakop liwan nga nag bugsay sang ila mga "Balanghai" padulong sa "Selorang Lusong" (Luzon) kag sila naka abot sa pampang sang daku nga suba didto sa "Taal" (Batangas).

------------------------------------------------------After partitioning "Aninipay" or the Island of Panay which they called "Madya-as" or Paradise, among the tribes under Datu Bangkaya, Paiburong and Sumakwel--- the exit point of Datu Puti and the remaining tribes after deciding to sail farther north towards Luzon was the Malay settlement at the banks of Araut (Dumangas) River.

------------------------------------------------------While some of his kinsmen accompanied him, others opted to remain in Araut... finding the place rich .. fertile soil and with abundance in marine products. ------------------------------------------------------Years later, one of his Malay grandson Raja-Mun, (Datu Ramon-evidently a convert) left Dumangas together with his family and settled in "Kaputatan" what is now the Town of Pototan in Iloilo. While his closest brother Raja-il and others stayed behind. ------------------------------------------------------Historians believe that the present Batanguenos are also descendants of Datu Puti and the other Bornean Datu who later left the Island of Panay and set up the first Malay settlement at the mouth of Taal

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 82

(Batangas) River. -----------------------------------------------------In the year 1570, Kapitan Juan de Salcedo -- grandson of the "El Adelantado" Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, as second in command to Spanish Conquistador Martin de Goiti, together...explored the coast of Batangas on their way to "Maynilad" and came upon the Malay settlement at the mouth of the Taal River and in 1572, the town of Taal in Batangas was founded. ----------------------------------------------------Undoubtedly, before Datu Puti -- the Shri-Vijaya Sultanate Minister went back to Bornay (Borneo) to face uncertain fate, his seeds were planted along the banks of Araut (Dumangas) River in Iloilo; Taal (Batangas) River in Southern Luzon and the most logical route back to Bornay.... via the Tausog Region where early Malay settlements were established in Mindanao. ----------------------------------------------------Therefore, the Ilonggos, Batanguenos and Tausogs have direct bloodline from Datu Puti. And that was long before the Portuguese Ferdinand Magellan and the Spanish Conquistadores Don Miguel Lopez de Legaspi, his grandson Kapitan Juan de Salcedo and Martin de Goiti came into the picture. -----------------------------------------------------Here's excerpt from article; A Rejoinder: The Ilonggo Nation Movement "League of Filipino Nations" THE SOUTHERN TAGALOG NATION; To include both CALABARZON and MIMAROPA? -The first "Tagalog Nation" came into being when the group of Datu Puti settled the fertile banks of Batangas river (ilog). He left Panay Island to be ruled by Datu: Paiburong, Bangkaya and Sumakwel. Datu Puti, a Shri- Vijaya Sultanate Minister of Bornay (Borneo) went home to face uncertain fate. -----------------------------------------------------Left behind to explore Luzon and the remaing islands were the six bornean tribes of Datu Dumansil, Dumalugdog, Balkasusa, Paduhinog, Balinsusa, and Lubay. Many great Filipino Patriots and Heroes descended from these equally great ancestors. Among them, Gen. Emilio Aguinaldo, Gen. Miguel Malvar and Dr. Jose P. Rizal considered "The Pride of the Malayan Race". ~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~oo0oo~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~~ Modern scholars of the 20th century re-discovered the Sri-Visjaya Kingdom and revealed traces of the ancient origins of the Filipinos especially the Visaya and Tagalog.

Colliers Encyclopedia 1991 Edition, vol.3, p.50 Srivijaya Kingdom. In the seventh century China was reunited under T’ang Dynasty, thus providing an enormous market. Several port-states tried to tap the China trade, but the kingdom of Srivijaya, located near the present city of Palembang on Sumatra, succeeded in crushing its rivals and imposing its authority on both Sumatra and the Malay Peninsula, straddling the Straits of Malacca. Through a combination of bribery, political manipulation, and punitative expeditions the other ports were forced to submit or were destroyed, and Srivijaya became known to the Chinese as the sole state with which they could trade. Several extant inscriptions from the late seventh century-royal edicts carved on stones – attest to the absolute loyalty demanded by the king of Sri-Visjaya of his servants, subjects, and vassals. Passing traders were forced to stop at Srivijaya, where they have to pay tolls demanded by the king for passage through the straits. From these tolls derived the royal revenues, but the tolls were kept moderate so that traders would not consider using the more difficult land route across the Malay Peninsula. The key to Srivijaya’s power was its navy, which was needed to destroy its rivals, Srivijayan naval expedition may even have th th reached as far as Cambodia in the 8 century, and in the 11 century Srivijaya itself was raided from Ceylon.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 83

In dominating the Straits of Malacca, Srivijaya controlled one of the key points in the whole Asian trade system. Through its empire passed all the wondrous goods desired by Asian kings and aristocrats-gems, precious metals, scented woods, and even African lions to amuse the emperor of China-as well as the bulk trade in such goods as rice. In the practice, of course, the dominance of Srivijaya and its successors was often less than complete. Especially during periods when trade declined, vassals were likely to fall away as the money and prestige offered by the king to entice their loyalty also declined. But the tradition of central port on the straits dominating the trade routes and of a single supreme king survived for many centuries. By about the sixth century the economic role of Indonesia in the China trade was beginning to change. Indonesia traders began to sell the natural products of Indonesia, sometimes substituting them for the luxury goods the Chinese customarily imported from western Asia. In particular, Indonesia benzoin began to be substituted for the aromatic gum resins. Srivijaya and its successors continued to function as entrepot ports, where goods were transshipped, but the importance of Indonesia’s own products also increased. Srivijaya was a Buddhist kingdom. Indeed its religious scholarship was internationally so highly valued that Chinese Buddhist pilgrims making the long journey to India wouldspend several years in Srivijaya. There they studied the scriptures and rules for monks before going to India. Srivijaya’s wealth and power, waxed and waned with changing trade condition and with the rise and fall th of its rivals. It was finally destroyed by the Javanese in the 14 century and the royal family and the traders of Srivijaya moved across the straits to Malaya, where eventually they established the port of Malacca in about 1400. Srivijaya, one of the greatest trade empires of Asia, was then so completely forgotten that even its name was unknown until its history was rediscovered by modern scholars in the th 20 century. Mataram Kingdom. To the east of Sumatra lies Java, and there, too, a great kingdom emerged beginning in about the eighth century. The Kingdom of Mataram, near the present city of Yogyakarta (Jogjakarta) in central Java, reached its greatest power in the ninth century. The dynasty that founded Mataram took the Sanskrit name Sailendra – the king of the mountains – and the title Maharaja, they were Mahayana Buddhists. They left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries, the kings of Srivijaya seem not to have done. Among the most famous Mataram temples is Burabudur, which was built about 800. It is an enormous artificial temple-mountain, which miles of bas-reliefs depicting the life story of Buddha. At the nearby temple of Merdut are large stone statues of the Buddha and two Bodhisattvas, which are the most exquisite in all of Asia. Sailendra power in Mataram was challenged by a rival royal line who were not Buddhists but followers of the Hindu god Shiva. In 856 there was a battle between the two rivals, which the Sailendra lost. The last surviving Sailendra prince fled from Java to Sumatra, where, for reasons that are not known, he become the king of Srivijaya. His successors in Mataram built the very beautiful and graceful temple complex Prambanan, just east of Yogyakarta. There, temples to the Hindu gods Brahma and Vishnu flank a high central tower where Shiva was worshipped in four aspects. The bas reliefs depict the story of the Hindu Ramayana epic. Mataram was located on the plain of Kedu in central Java, one of the richest rice-growing areas of Indonesia.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 84

Original Sri-Visjaya Religion is Not Buddhist This Sri-Visjaya Kingdom is one of the greatest trade empires of Asia. The Sri-Visjaya on the 7th century when China was reunited under the T’ang Dynasty, the Sri-Visjaya become known to the Chinese as the sole state with which they could trade. Passing traders were forced to stop at Sri-Visjaya, where they have to pay tolls demanded by the king of Sri-Visjaya for passage through the straits of Malacca. Sri-Visjaya controlled one of the key points in the whole Asian trade system.

Sri-Visjaya Religion Sri-Visjaya’s religious scholarship was internationally so highly valued that Chinese Buddhist pilgrims making the long journey to India would spend several years in Sri-Visjaya, there they studied the scriptures and rules for monks before going to India. This may think that Sri-Visjaya’s religion is a th Buddhist religion. That happened when the original 7 century Sri-Visjaya king and royal families and th traders moved across the straits to Malaya on the 8 century where they established the port of Malacca in about 1400 and they have trade in Borneo and Sulu ISLES AFAR OFF. A great kingdom emerged th beginning in about 8 century the Kingdom of Mataram in central Java. The dynasty that founded Mataram took the Sanskrit name Sailendra – the king of the mountains – and the title Maharaja, they were Mahayana Buddhists. They left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries, the kings of Sri-Visjaya seem not to have done. Among the most famous Mataram temples is Burabudur, which was built about 800. At the nearby temple of Merdut are large stone statues of the Buddha and two Bodhisattvas, which are the most exquisite in all of Asia. A rival royal line that was not Buddhists but followers of the Hindu god Shiva challenged Sailendra power in Mataram. In 856 there was a battle between the two rivals, which the Sailendra lost and the last surviving Sailendra prince fled from Java to Sumatra, where, for reasons that are not known, he become the king of Sri-Visjaya in Sumatra. Therefore become the new king of Sri-Visjaya in Sumatra is Sailendra. This are the reasons that Sri-Visjaya’s religion was thought to be Buddhist. th

The original 7 century Sri-Visjaya king and royal families and traders moved across the straits to Malaya th on the 8 century where they established the port of Malacca made trade in Borneo and Sulu. The second th Sri-Visjaya of 8 century was ruled by Sailendra a Buddhist was finally destroyed by the Javanese in the th th 14 century and this people of Sri-Visjaya were different religion than the original first Sri-Visjaya of 7 century. In fact the kingdom of Sailendra who become king of Sri-Visjaya were Mahayana Buddhist that this Mahayana Buddhists left behind many famous temples, which their contemporaries the king of th original 7 century Sri-Visjaya seem not to have done. Therefore the Sri-Visjaya that was defeated by the th th Javanese in the 14 century was the second Sri-Visjaya of 8 century who become Buddhists and ruled by king Sailendra a Mahayana Buddhists. The first Sri-Visjaya of 7th century did not make any temples of worship and were not Buddhists and they fled to Malacca and trade with Borneo and Sulu. The historian th claiming that Sri-Visjaya is a Buddhists kingdom is referring to the second Sri-Visjaya of 8 century that th was ruled by Sailendra a Mahayana Buddhists but not the original Sri-Visjaya of the 7 century that th moved across the straits to Malaya on the 8 century where they established the port of Malacca made trade in Borneo and Sulu.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 85

DATU from Yahshear-Dath (Sacerdote or Priest of Yahshear): Jacob named Yahshear Genesis 32:28 Bisaya and Tagalog At the same period the well-known Maragtas in Visaya’s history claimed that ten (10) Datu lead by Datu Puti arrived in Panay and bought the plain land of Panay island. This people were called “VISAYA” the th descendant of original Sri-Visjaya of 7 century from Borneo and Sulu. They carried the word “ya-we” in Visaya which means “key”, this was mentioned in Luke 11:52 “woe unto you, lawyers, for ye have taken away the “key of knowledge”, (the scribes took away the name Yahweh and replaced it with other name Adonai, the key is the name Yahweh). The other three (3) Datu, Datu Puti, Datu Dumangsil and Datu Balensusa reached Taal (Batangas) where the language of the three Datu believed to be the origin of Tagalog language. The remaining seven (7) Datu in Panay they reached Cebu, Samar and Bicol. Datu Puti last record is in Sulu before going to Borneo. The word Dawth in Hebrew language means royal edict or statute, commandment, decree, law, manner. The Dawth is pronounced Datuh is the one who ruled and make decree, law and a royal family in Filipino history. The title “DATU” from the word Yashear-Dath or Sacer-dote or Priests of Yahshurun (Israel).

ESCAPED REMNANT FROM ASSYRIA SPEAKS ANCIENT-HEBREW The Levite Priests or Sacerdote or Yahshear-Dath Kohath, Yahshear-Dath Gershon and Yahshear-Dath Merari that was removed from the kingdom of Yisrawale that Yahweh set His hand for the FIRST TIME to recover the Remnant of his people, they speak Ancient-Hebrew for they were not yet been captives by Assyrian and after that during the time of captivity in Assyria it was mentioned by Prophet Isaiah in 11:11. Isaiah 11:11 And it shall come to pass in that day, that shall set his hand again the SECOND TIME to recover the remnant of his people, which shall be left, from Assyria, and from Egypt, and from Pathros, and from Cush, and from Elam, and from Shinar, and from Hamath, and from the islands of the sea. LANGUAGE DURING CAPTIVITY IS ARAMAIC SYRIAN LANGUAGE 2Kings 18:26 Then said Eliakim the son of Hilkiah, and Shebna, and Joah, unto Rab-shakeh, Speak, I pray thee, to thy servants in the Syrian language; for we understand it: and talk not with us in the Jews' language in the ears of the people that are on the wall.

THE LANGUAGE OF SRI-VISJAYA IS ANCIENT HEBREW The First European Historian Pedro Chirino wrote that Tagalog is Hebrew When the first European set their foot in the land of Mortar (translated by Fernando Magallanes as Luzones means mortar), it was written by historian Gregorio F. Zaide in page 2 and page 24 of History of the Filipino People, that Padre Chirino an eminent Jesuit historian found in Tagalog language that “it has the Mystery and obscurities of the Hebrew language”.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 86

According to Merriam-Webster International Unabridged dictionary that the Tagalog language and Visaya language comes from one group of language called Tagala that is branch-language of ancient MalayJavanese language called Kawi which is now instinct. The Tagalog language has 30,000 root words, 700 affixes, and the root words which are famous about 5,000 words from Spanish, 3,200 from MalayIndonesia, 1,500 words from Hebrew, 1,300 words from English, 300 from Sanskrit, 250 words from Arabic and very few words from Persian, Japanese, Russian. The Latin language was influenced from Spanish and English. The language of Visaya and Tagalog has many similarities about 3,800 well known words are the same and similar in usage. The Hiligaynon is the language of Visaya is also like the Higaynon in Hebrew word means “solemn sound”. The word “ya-wa” means a cursing word means evil, while “wa” means “not in you” in Visayan language. The word ‘ya” in Hebrew means “Yah” the short form of the name of the Mighty One of Yahshurunites (Israelites). Therefore the meaning of “ya-wa” means “Yahweh is not in you” or “evil” which is also a curse word in Hebrew language. The word ‘po’ derived from ‘ho’ is an ancient primitive Hebrew words were being mentioned in all dialects of the Philippines. The Title “SRI” become “Si” The word “Sri” comes from Indian language means Prince, Holiness and a word of praise and respect to respectable and honorable person in India. The word “Vis” means Spirit in Samsi English Dictionary. Therefore the meaning of Sri-Vis-Jaya is “Prince or Holiness Spirit of Jaya”. In the Philippine History when Fernando Magallanes (Ferdinand Magellan) reached the soil of now the Philippines he met for blood-compact the brother of Raja Kulambo of Limasawa and that person is called “Si”- Agu (Siagu). Notice also the name Si-Malakas, Raja Si-Lapulapu. This was written by Historian Teodoro A. Agoncillo 1974 edition page 35 and 36 Filipino History. “Si” is the same as the “Sri” in SriVisjaya is a title of honorable person, which means Prince or Holiness. Escaped Remnant Relations with India During Romans Empire the Messiah of Nazareth appeared in Yahrusalem and gave instructions to his 12 disciples in Matthew 10:5-6 “These twelve Yahshu’a sent fort, and commanded them, saying, Go not into the way of the Gentiles (uncircumcised), and into any city of the Samaritans enter ye not: But go rather to the lost sheep of the house of Israel”. In Bible Dictionary of the Holy Bible of 1864 the Apostle Thomas was in India and mentioned that he was speared to death by King Misdeus of India. This is an evidence that the Apostles were looking for the lost tribe of Israel in India. In book of Ester 1:1, India was mentioned the furthest place controlled by Kingdom of Persia before Greek and Roman Empires. The Holy Koran In Holy Koran the name of John the son of ZechariYah the priest is called Yahya (please see copy of Sura: Mary ). In Medina the city of Yathrib where residing the tribe of Yahuwdah (Jews) called “Ansar”. This was about before 622 AD. The Prophet of Islam religion Prophet Mohammed (Peace be upon Him) married KhadiYah a widow from Syria and they reside together with the Ansar people in Medina the city of Yathrib. The name Yahya was famous and it was a name of a Yahuwdi (Jewish) person and the name of the son of the Levite Priest ZechariYah and Elizabeth the great granddaughter of Aaron the High Priest-the elder brother of Moses. At that time the Arab people were not yet converted into Mohammed religion and therefore the name YahYa is a Hebrew name not an Arabic name. The Holy Bible

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 87

In the New Testament of the Bible a person with a name John (Yahya) is the same name whom the Messiah of Nazareth says that person will not die until Yahshu’a Messiah comes again, John 21:21-23 “Peter seeing him saith to Yahshu’a, ‘Yahshu’a and what shall this man do’? Yahshu’a saith unto him, If I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee? Follow thou me” Then went this saying abroad among the brethren, that that disciple should not die: yet Yahshu’a said not unto him, he shall not die; but, if I will that he tarry till I come, what is that to thee?

The letter J The Encyclopedia Americana contains the following on the J: th

“The form of J was unknown in any alphabet until the 14 century. Either symbol (J, I) used initially generally had the consonantal sound of Y as in year. Gradually, the two symbols (J, I) were differentiated, the J usually acquiring consonantal force and thus becoming regarded as a consonant, and the I becoming a vowel. It was not until 1630 that the differentiation became general in England.” The letter J was invented in 1633 AD about 376 years ago there is no letter “J”, and the letter J comes from letter Y and read as ‘y’. If the name of John is YahYa whom Yahshu’a Messiah said will be alive until Yahshu’a comes back, the name Sri-Vis-Jaya is supposed to be Sri-Vis YahYa.

SEARCH FOR OPHIR

Chryse, the "Golden One," is the name given by ancient Greek writers to an island rich in gold to the east of India. Pomponius Mela, Marinos of Tyre and the Periplus of the Erythraean Sea mention Chryse in the first century CE. It is basically the equivalent of the Indian Suvarnadvipa the "Island of Gold." Josephus calls it in Latin Aurea, and equates the island with biblical Ophir, from where the ships of Tyre and Solomon brought back gold and other trade items. Chryse is often coupled with another island Argyre the "Island of Silver" and placed beyond the Ganges. Ptolemy locates both islands east of the Khruses Kersonenson the "Golden Peninsula" i.e. the Malaya Penisula. North of Chryse in the Periplus was Thin, which some consider the first European reference to China. In addition to gold, Chryse was also famed for having the finest tortoise shell in the world according to the Periplus. Large ships brought trade goods back and forth between Chryse and the markets at the mouth of the Ganges. Chin-lin In ancient Chinese literature, a mysterious region beyond their southern border in Annam was known as Chin-lin "Golden Neighbor" and the Southeast Asian border was also called the "Golden Frontier."

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 88

When China invaded Annam (northern Vietnam) in the first century BCE, the kingdom of Champa fortified villages along the old caravan trail. This path became Route Colonial 9 during the French colonial period, and it was used by the Americans to build the McNamara Line of fortified bases during the Vietnam War. With this fortified line, the rugged Central Highlands and a policy of constant piracy, the Champa kingdom held the Chinese at bay for a thousand years. After the fall of the Chin dynasty in the 5th century, Cham raids on Tongking became so frequent that the governor appealed to the emperor for assistance. A war of attrition between China and Champa began that lasted until the rise of the T'ang dynasty.During this time though, China was well aware of the golden lands far to the south. The Buddhist pilgrim I-Tsing mentions Chin-Chou "Isle of Gold" in the archipelago south of China on his way back from India. Zabag and Wakwak The kingdoms of Zabag and Wakwak, famed among the medieval Muslims as rich in gold, referred to the eastern islands of the Malay archipelago i.e. the Philippines and Eastern Indonesia. Zabag was based in what would later become the kingdom of Lusung. In this sense, the Philippines fits the bill as a gold-rich realm. The country has consistently ranked second in the world behind only South Africa in gold deposits per land area. The Philippines has historically been the largest producer of gold in Asia despite its relatively small size and the fact that until 1980 most gold was obtained only through small alluvial deposits. Although some ancient gold artifacts have been found in this region, they don't match the age suggested by linguistic reconstruction. Gold may have been mostly handed down from generation to generation rather than being used as a burial good item. In about the second century CE, there arose a practice of using gold eye covers, and then, gold facial orifice covers to adorn the dead resulting in an increase of ancient gold finds. More than a millennium later, the popularity of dental gold to decorate the teeth significantly increased the amount of gold found at archaeological sites. When the Spanish came they discovered an abundance of gold used among the people of the Philippine islands. Here are some relevant quotes: Pieces of gold, the size of walnuts and eggs are found by sifting the earth in the island of that king who came to our ships. All the dishes of that king are of gold and also some portion of his house as we were told by that king himself...He had a covering of silk on his head, and wore two large golden earrings fastened in his ears...At his side hung a dagger, the haft of which was somewhat long and all of gold, and its scabbard of carved wood. He had three spots of gold on every tooth, and his teeth appeared as if bound with gold.

Pigafetta on Raja Siaui of Butuan during Magellan's voyage For brass, iron and other weighty articles, they gave us gold in exchange...For 14 pounds of iron we received 10 pieces of gold, of the value of a ducat and a half. The Captain General forbade too great an

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 89

anxiety for receiving gold, without which order every sailor would have parted with all he had to obtain this metal, which would have ruined our commerce forever. Pigafetta on gold trade in Cebu Sailing in this manner, for some time, in 16째 of north latitude, they were obliged by continual contrary winds, to bear up again for the Philippine islands, and in their way back, had sight of six or seven additional islands, but did not anchor at any of them. They found also an archipelago, or numerous cluster of islands, in 15 or 16 degrees of north latitude, well inhabited by a white people, with beautiful wellproportioned women, and much better clothed than in any other of the islands of these parts; and they had many golden ornaments, which was a sure sign that there was some of that metal in their country. Antonio Galv찾o in 1555 describing the journey of Bartholomew de la Torre in 1548 "...the ore is so rich that I will not write any more about it, as I might possibly come under a suspicion of exaggerating; but I swear by Christ that there is more gold on this island than there is iron in all Biscay." Hernando Riquel et al., 1574 In this island, there are many gold mines, some of which have been inspected by the Spaniards, who say that the natives work them as is done in Nueva Espana with the mines of silver; and, as in these mines, the vein of ore here is continous. Assays have been made, yielding so great wealth that I shall not endeavor to describe them, lest I be suspected of lying. Time will prove the truth. Hernando Riquel et al. on island of Luzon, 1574 There are some chiefs in this island who have on their persons ten or twelve thousand ducats' worth of gold in jewels--to say nothing of the lands, slaves, and mines that they own. There are so many of these chiefs that they are innumerable. Likewise the individual subjects of these chiefs have a great quantity of the said jewels of gold, which they wear on their persons--bracelets, chains, and earrings of solid gold, daggers of gold, and other very rich trinkets. These are generally seen among them, and not only the chiefs and freemen have plenty of these jewels, but even slaves possess and wear golden trinkets upon their persons, openly and freely. Guido de Lavezaris at al., 1574 About their necks they wear gold necklaces, wrought like spun wax, and with links in our fashion, some larger than others. On their arms they wear armlets of wrought gold, which they call calombigas, and which are very large and made in different patterns. Some wear strings of precious stones--cornelians and agates; and other blue and white stones, which they esteem highly. They wear around the legs some strings of these stones, and certain cords, covered with black pitch in many foldings, as garters.

Antonio de Morga, 1609 "... the natives proceed more slowly in this ,and content themselves with what they already possess in jewels and gold ingots handed down from antiquity and inherited from their ancestors. This is

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 90

considerable, for he must be poor and wrethced who has no gold chains, calombigas, and earrings."

Antonio de Morga, 1609 The Portugese explorer Pedro Fidalgo in 1545 found gold so abundant on Luzon the inhabitants were willing to trade two pezoes of gold for one pezo of silver. When the Portuguese first arrived, most of the gold traded into Brunei came from Luzon. That island was known as Lusung Dao or "Golden Luzon" to the Chinese who also traded for gold in this region.

References: Legeza, Laszlo. "Tantric Elements in pre-Hispanic Philippines Gold Art," Arts of Asia, July-Aug. 1988, pp.129-136. (Mentions gold jewelry of Philippine origin in first century CE Egypt) Peralta, J.T. "Prehistoric gold ornaments from the Central Bank of the Philippines," Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54.Villegas, Ramon N. Ginto: History Wrought in Gold, Manila: Bangko Central ng Pilipinas, 2004.

Mines Dating Back to at Least 1,000 B.C. Have Been Found in the Philippines According to De Morga: (1,000 B.C. is when King Solomon’s navy of ships going to Ophir for gold) Mines dating back to at least 1,000 B.C. have been found in the Philippines. When the Spanish arrived the Filipinos worked various mines of gold, silver, copper and iron. They also seemed to have worked in brass using tin that was likely imported from the Malay Peninsula. The iron work in particular was said to be of very high quality in some cases, and occasionally in some areas, even better than that found in Europe. When the Spanish arrived, the Philippines was so gilded with gold that most of the gold mines had been neglected. "... the natives proceed more slowly in this, and content themselves with what they already possess in jewels and gold ingots handed down from antiquity and inherited from their ancestors. This is considerable, for he must be poor and wrethced who has no gold chains, calombigas, and earrings." As the missionary Francisco Colín wrote in 1663: In the punishment of crimes of violence the social rank of the slayer and slain made a great deal of difference. If the slain was a chief, all his kinsfolk took the warpath against the slayer and his kinfolk, and this state of war continued until arbiters were able to determine the amount of gold which had to be paid for the killing… The death penalty was not imposed by public authority save in cases where both the slayer and slain were commoners, and the slayer could not pay the blood price. Blair and Robertson, Vol. II, p. 116. Legazpi describes one of the "Moro" pilots captured from Butuan: "...a most experienced man who had much knowledge, not only of matters concerning these Filipinas Islands, but those of Maluco, Borney, Malaca, Jaba, India, and China, where he had had much experience in navigation and trade."

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 91

According to Pigafetta: However, things seem to already diminished from Pigafetta's time: "On the island [Butuan] where the king came to the ship, pieces of gold as large as walnuts or eggs are to be found, by sifting the earth. All the dishes of the king are of gold, and his whole house is very well set up." Pigafetta goes on to describe the huge gold ornaments, gold dagger handles, tooth plating and even gold that was used to decorate the outside of houses! On the gold work of the Filipinos is this description of the people of Mindoro: ( copied by Israel recorded in 1Chronicles 29:4 Even three thousand talents of gold, of the gold of Ophir, and seven thousand talents of refined silver, to overlay the walls of the houses withal) "...they possess great skill in mixing it [gold] with other metals. They give it an outside appearance so natural and perfect, and so fine a ring, that unless it is melted they can deceive all men, even the best of silversmiths." Arts of Asia, Jul-Aug 1988, p. 131 Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54 Apparently, even foreigners desired Filipino gold products. Recent discoveries show that gold jewelry of Philippine origin was found in Egypt near the beginning of the era. These finds are mentioned in Laszlo Legeza's "Tantric elements in pre-Hispanic Philippines Gold Art," (Arts of Asia, Jul-Aug 1988, p. 131) along a discussion of Philippine Tantric art. Some outstanding examples of Philippine jewelry, which included necklaces, belts, armlets and rings placed around the waist, are showcased in J. T. Peralta's "Prehistoric gold ornaments from the Central Bank of the Philippines," Arts of Asia 1981, no.4, p.54.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 92

CHRONOLOGICAL EVENTS BASED ON HOLY BIBLE RECORDS

YEAR REFERENCE B.C.E. (Before Common Era)

HEBREW NAME-MEANING-EVENTS

3992 Dan.9:24-27 Creation of (1)Adam-Awdam-to show blood in face 3862 Gen.5:3-6 Seth â&#x20AC;&#x201C;Sheeth-appoint 3757 Gen.5:9 Enosh-Awnash-to be frail 3667 Gen.5:12 Cainan-Kane-a nest 3597 Gen.5:15 Mahalalel-Halal-praise Yah 3532 Gen.5:18 Yared-Yared-to descend to lower region 3370 Gen.5:21 Enoch-Kawnek-discipline 3305 Gen.5:25 Metuselah-Methuselah 3118 Gen.5:28-29 Lamech-Lehmek-uncertain 3062 Gen.5:5 Death of Adam 3005 Gen.5:23 Enoch taken away 2950 Gen.5:8 Death of Seth 2936 Gen.5:28 (10)Noah-Nooakh-to rest 2852 Gen.5:11 Death of Enosh 2757 Gen.5:14 Death of Cainan 2702 Gen.5:17 Death of Mahalalel 2570 Gen.5:20 Death of Yared 2436 Gen.5:32 Shem-Seem-call a name.Ham Yahpet born 2341 Gen.5:31 Death of Lamech 2336 Gen.5:27 Death of Metuselah 2336 Gen.7:6 Ark of Noah Great flood,Noah and 3 children, wives survived Archaeological Findings: Ancient Ebla

In 1974 at site of ancient Ebla northern Syria, exemplify the plethora of pre-flood and post flood writings

2334 Gen.11:10 Arphakshad-Rawpad-to refresh 2299 Gen.11:12 Selah-Shawlakh-to send away 2269 Gen.11:14 Heber-Awba-crossover 2235 Gen.11:14 (15)Peleg-Pawleg-to divide (Yoktam father of Ophir) 2235 Gen.10:25 Tower of Babel-Migdalah Bawlal Confounded the language of Son of Man. Heber language was called Hebrew from name Heber. 2205 Gen.11:18 Reu-Rawaw-shepherd 2173 Gen.11:20 Serug-Sawrag-to intwine 2143 Gen.11:22 Nachor-Nakharaw-to snore 2114 Gen.11:24 Thare-Tehrakh-trembling 2044 Gen.11:26(20)Abram(Abraham) Father to be raise of people.Covenant Gen.17:9-10 PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 93

Gen.15:20 Hittite Archaeological Findings: Hittites Monuments

In 1906 excavation at Boghazkoy (ancient Hattusas, capital of Hittite History and culture). In Carchemish, Euprates River in Syria unearthed the Hittites monuments in the later half of the 19th century.

1996 Gen.11:19 Death of Peleg 1995 Gen.11:25 Death of Nachor 1986 Gen.9:29 Death of Noah 1966 Gen.11:21 Death of Reu 1958 Gen.17:25 Ismael Abraham is 86 years old when Ismael born by Hagar 1944 Gen.11:5 (21)Isaac-Tsawkhak-to laugh outright, born by Sarah Gen.21:14 Ismael sent to Masry (Egypt) 1943 Gen.11:23 Death of Serug 1009 Gen.11:32 Death of Thare 1896 Gen.11:13 Death of Arphakshad 1884 Gen.25:26 (22)Yahkoob-Awkab-heel catcher-change to Yahshear-to be straight 1869 Gen.25:7 Death of Abraham 1866 Gen.11:15 Death of Selah 1836 Gen.11:11 Death of Shem 1805 Gen.11:17 Death of Heber 1784 Gen.37:28 The 12 Sons of Yahshear - Yohseph sold to Ismael and to Masry (Egyptian) 1764 Gen.35:28 Death of Isaac 1754 Gen.47:9 Yahkoob and 11 sons enter Masry for 400 years Yahkoob died in Masry Yohseph died in Masry SEC no. 3478 from no. 8280 Yisrawale (Israel) means “Prince of Sarah” to distinguished from Ismael means “In the name of my master Sarah” 1354 Ex.12:40 Exodus of Moses-Mawshaw-to pull out of water. Passover Moses brought out of Masry all (13 Tribes) Tribes of Yisrawale. 874 1Kings 6:1 480 years From Exodus to 4th year of King YahdidiYah (Solomon) 838 1Kings 11:42 Divided Kingdom 838 1Kings 14:2 King Rehoboam-Rakhobam King Jeroboam-Yeroboam 2 tribes City of Yahrusalem 10 tribes City of Samaria (Yisrawale) 821 1Kings 15:20 King Abia-AbiYah-father is Yah 818 1Kings 15:10 King Asa-Awsaw 816 815 792 791 787

1Kings 15:25 1Kings 15:28 1Kings 16:18 1Kings 16:15 1Kings 16:23

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

King Nadab King Baasha King Elah King Zimri King Omri-bought the hills of Samaria from Page 94

Shemer where Samaria name comes King Ahab-EliYah, ObadiYah, Elisha, MicaYah period

780 1Kings 16:29

Archaeological Findings: Moabite stone

King Mesha of Moab inscribed in stone erected as historical record of his revolt against Yisrawale as recorded in 2Kings 1:1,3:4-5. The name Yahweh inscribed in ancient Paleo-Hebrew characters while the whole text was written in PhoenicianMoabite form. Reason is that they cannot pronounced the name Yahweh in their Moabite language so they just copied the name in original form of writings.

776 1Kings 22:51 King Yehoshaphat 760 1Kings 22:51 King Ahaziah 758 2Kings 3:1 King Yoram 744 2Chro.21.5 King Yoraim â&#x20AC;&#x201C; Yaham-people of Yahweh 744 2Chro.22:2 King Ahaziah-AwkhasYah-Yah has siezed 743 2Kings 9:24 King Yehu-he killed both kings Yoram and Ahaziah 743 2Chor.22:12 Queen Atali-Athlahee-Yah strength of Yah 737 2Chro.24:1 King Yoash-Yahaysh-Yah fired 715 2Kings 13:1 (ZechariYah stoned to death) King Yehoahaz 700 2Kings 13:10 King Yoash 697 2Chro.25:1 King Amasiah-AwmatsYah-strength of Yah 682 2Kings 14:23 King Yeroboam 668 2Kings26:3 King Uziah-OozeeYah-power of Yah - Isaiah, Hosea, Amos 630 2Kings 15:8 King ZachariYah 629 629 619 617

2Kings 15:13 2Kings 15:17 2Kings 15:23 2Kings 15:23

King Shallum King Menahim King Pekahiah King Pekah-Tribe of Nepthali deported to Assyria

616 2Chro.27:1 King Yoatam-Yahthawn-Yah is perfect 600 2Chro.28:1 King Acaz-Awkhaz-to sieze possesor 588 2Kings 15:30 584 2Chro.29:1 King Ezequiaz-ChawzkYah-strengt of Yah 578 2Kings 17:24

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

King Hoshea

Shalmanazer King of Assyria deported 9 tribes of Yisrawale into Assyria. Start of Captivity. Ezekiel period Page 95

5 Nations Replaced Yisrawale (Abba,Cutha,Hammath,Separvaim and Babylon) Isaiah 11:11 ESCAPED REMNANT ESCAPED REMNANT from Assyria,Egypt,Pathros,Cush,Elam,Shinar,Hammath and from the islands of the sea. Encyclopedia Judaica YHWH vol.7 p.680

BLASPHEMY =

The Sacred Name pronounced “Yah-oo-ay” was avoided to pronounced during Assyrian Captivity but only High Priest can utter that Name eight (8) times on the Day of Atonement, a day of fasting on the 10th day of the 7th month. Sanhedrin (Highest Court) ruled a decree of offense of BLASPHEMY to whoever pronounced and uttered that name in public or in solemn assemblies and instead they substituted the word ADONAI the name of diety of Canaan where they were living.

555 2Chro.33:1 King Manases-Nawshaw-causing to forget 500 2Chro.33:21 King Amon-Awmone-skilled 498 2Chro.34:1 King Yosias-YahayshYah-fire of Yah, ZephaniYah period 480 2Chro,35:19 King Yosias restored the Feast of Passover 2Chro.36:2 King Yoacas-EeshYah-formation of Yah 467 2Chro.36:4-5 King Yoaquim-YahkoonYah-Yah will establish 464 Daniel 1:1 King Nebuchadnesar of Babylonia Start of Babylonian Captivity 464 BCE is 463 years BCE plus 27-28 CE the 49th year Sabbathical year = 490 years as prophesied by Daniel in Daniel 9:24-27 Daniel 9:24-27 (Jeremiah 25:11, Daniel 9:2) ―Seventy weeks are determined upon thy people and upon thy holy city, to finish the transgression, and to make an end of sins, and to make reconciliation for iniquity, and to bring in everlasting righteousness, and to seal up the vision and prophecy, and to anoint the most Holy. Know therefore and understand, that from the going forth the commandment to restore and to build Jerusalem unto the Messiah the Prince shall be seven weeks, and three-score and two weeks: the street shall be built again, and the wall, even in trouble times. And after threescore and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself: and the people of the prince that shall come shall destroy the city and the sanctuary, and the end thereof shall be with a flood, and unto the end of the war desolations are determined. And he shall confirm the covenant with many for one week: and in the midst of the week he shall cause the sacrifice and the oblation to cease, and for PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 96

the overspreading of abominations he shall make it desolate, even until the consummation, and that determined shall be poured upon the desolate.‖ Seventy weeks 490 years from Babylonian Captivity (70 x 7 = 490 years (Sabbathical Year) On year 0027-0028 A.D. Sabbathical year or 49th year (seven weeks is Sabbathical Year) On year 0028-0029 A.D. Jubilee year or first year or the 50th year On year 0029-0030 A.D. second year On year 0030-0031 A.D. third year (three) On year 0031-0032 A.D. fourth year, on 14th day of the first month (Abib) is Passover day (two weeks) the impalement of Son of Man NOT the Son of Yahweh On year 1987-88 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 49th year On year 1988-1989 A.D. is a Jubilee Year On year 1994-1995 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 7th year On year 2001-2002 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 14th year On year 2008-2009 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 21st year On year 2015-2016 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 28th year On year 2022-2023 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 35th year On year 2029-2030 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 42nd year On year 2036-2037 A,D. a Sabbathical Year or 49th year On year 2037-2038 A,D. is a Jubilee Year the 70th Jubilee Year from Exodus of Moses.

70th Jubilee Year In Leviticus 25 was mentioned the Jubilee year is the 50th year and the first year of the 49th year cycle. From Exodus of Moses to start of Babylonian Captivity happened 19 Jubilee Years. From Babylonian Captivity to Ministerial of Yahshu‘a Messiah of Nazareth in Yisrawale happened 10 Jubilee Years. From ministerial of Yahshu‘a Messiah of Nazareth in Yisrawale to year 1988-1989 A.D. happened 40 Jubilee Years. Total of 69 Jubilee Years happened from Exodux of Moses to year 1988-1989 A.D.Jubilee Year. The next Jubilee Year on year 2037-2038 A.D.will be the 70th Jubille Years from Exodus of Moses.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 97

ANO ANG SINA-UNANG PANANAMPALATAYA NI ABRAHAM, NI DATH MOSES, NI YAHSHU’A MESSIAH? Jeremiah 6:16 Thus saith , Stand ye in the ways, and see, and ask for the old paths, where is the good way, and walk therein, and ye shall find rest for your souls. But they said, We will not walk therein.

MGA PUNDASYON NG PANANAMPALATAYA KAY YAHWEH MGA BATAS NA MAGPAKAILANMAN NI YAHWEH (FOREVER LAWS OF YAHWEH)

GENESIS 17:7-14 CIRCUMCISION

LEV. 23:1-41 APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH

EXODUS 20:1-17 MATTHEW 5:17-18

TEN COMMANDMENTS EXODUS 29:1-9 AARON SON AND LEVITES PRIEST

1. 2. 3. 4.

Circumcision Aaron son and Levites Ten Commandments of Yahweh Appointed Feast of Yahweh

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 98

FALSE MESSIAH AND FALSE PROPHETS SHALL RISE

Mark 13:22-23'For false Messiahs and false prophets shall rise, and shall shew signs and wonders, to seduce, if it were possible, even the elect, But take ye heed: behold, I have foretold you all things'.

HINDI NATIN MASISISI ANG MGA KASALUKUYANG TIGAPAGTURO NG BIBLIA DAHIL HINDI NILA PINAGTUUNAN NG MALALIM NA PANSIN NA PAGKATAPOS NG MINISTERIAL NI YAHSHUâ&#x20AC;&#x;A MESSIAH AY LALABAS ANG MGA BULAANG MESSIAH AT MGA BULAANG PROPETA NA MAGTUTURO NG MGA KASINUNGALINGAN AT BABAGUHIN ANG NAITATAG NA MAGPAKAILANMANG PUNDASYON (FOREVER LAW).

(CIRCUMCISION) WALANG-HANGGANG TIPAN KAY YAHWEH: Genesis 17:7 And I will establish my covenant between me and thee and thy seed after thee in their generations for an EVERLASTING COVENANT, to be the MIGHTY-ONE unto thee, and to thy seed after thee. Genesis 17:8 And I will give unto thee, and to thy seed after thee, the land wherein thou art a stranger, all the land of Canaan, for an everlasting possession; and I will be their MIGHTY-ONE . Genesis 17:9 And YAHWEH said unto Abraham, Thou shalt keep my covenant therefore, thou, and thy seed after thee in their generations. Genesis 17:10 This is my covenant, which ye shall keep, between me and you and thy seed after thee; Every man child among you shall be circumcised. Genesis 17:11 And ye shall circumcise the flesh of your foreskin; and it shall be a token of the covenant betwixt me and you. Genesis 17:12 And he that is eight days old shall be circumcised among you, every man child in your generations, he that is born in the house, or bought with money of any stranger, which is not of thy seed. Genesis 17:13 He that is born in thy house, and he that is bought with thy money, must needs be circumcised: and my covenant shall be in your flesh for an EVERLASTING COVENANT. Genesis 17:14 And the uncircumcised man child whose flesh of his foreskin is not circumcised, that soul shall be cut off from his people; he hath broken my covenant.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 99

MGA INA-ARAL NG MGA BULAANG PROPETA

Ang itinuturo ng mga BULAANG PROPETA ay tinanggal na raw ang pagtutuli na ―WalangHanggang Tipan ni Abraham kay Yahweh. Ang ibig sabihin ng ‗walang-hanggang tipan‘ ay ‗Forever Contract‘ na hindi pwedeng palitan kahit-kailan at hindi pwedeng palitan ng kahit na sino pang Apostol o si Pablo man. Dahil sa hindi naraw umiiral ang ‗walang-hanggang tipan‘ na pagtutuli ay pwede na ngayon ang mga hindi-tuli (supot). Sa ganitong aral ay binale-wala na nila ang Walang-Hanggang Tipan ni Abraham kay Yahweh (Genesis 17:7-10). Kasi nalito sila sa nabasa nila sa Gawa 15:1-2 na tinutulan ni Apostol Saul (Pablo) at Apostol Barabba ang mga Hudyo na nagsasabi na ‗kailangang magpatuli sa pamamaraan ni Moses kung hindi ay hindi kayo maliligtas‘. Ang pamamaraan ni Abraham ang dapat ipatupad kaya tinutulan ni Apostol Saul (Pablo) at Apostol Barabba ang mga Hudyong nagtuturo sa pagtutuli sa pamamaraan ni Moses. Ito ang resulta ng ang mga Pare na Hindi-Levita at Pare na Hindi Israelita ( 1Kings 12:31-32, 1Kings 13:33-34, 2Chronicles 11:13-17, 2 Kings 17:24-xxNehemiah 7:61-64xx) ay hindi naunawaan ang Genesis 17:9-14. Katunayan hindi tutol si Apostol Saul (Pablo) sa Pagtutuli sa pamamaraan ni Abraham. Pagkagaling ni Apostol Saul sa pakikipag-usap sa mga Matatanda sa Jerusalem tungkol sa suliranin ng pagtutuli ay tinuli ni Apostol Saul (Pablo) si Timoteo sa Gawa 16:3-4 at ibinalita pa sa lahat ng lugar na pinuntahan nila ang naging desisyon ng mga Matatanda sa Jerusalem tungkol sa pagtutuli. Ang naging dahilan ng kalituhan ay ang pagtutol ni Apostol Saul (Pablo) at Apostol Barabba sa pagtutuli sa pamamaraan ni Moses at hindi sa pamamaraan ni Abraham na orihinal na pamamaraan ng pagtutuli. Pagkatapos na makunsulta ang mga Matatanda sa Jerusalem na huwag ng gambalain ang mga Hentil (di-tuli) na mananampalataya dahil binabasa naman tuwing Sabbath ang mga batas sa aklat ni Moses, samakatwid ay matututuhan din nila iyon, ay tumuloy na ng lakad si Apostol Saul (Pablo) kasama si Silas tumungo sa Syria at Cilicia at tumuloy sa Derbe at Lystra na nadatnan nila si Timoteo na mananampalataya kaya tinuli ni Apostol Saul si Timoteo. Isa pang kalituhan ay ang pagkakalagay ng chapter sa Gawa 15 ay inihiwalay ang chapter 16 ni Padre Hugo noong ika-12 Siglo ng pairalin at lagyan na ng Chapter at Verses ang Biblia. Paanong masasabi ng mga Hindi-Tuli (supot) na pwede na sila na makasama sa Tamang Pananampalataya na may Walang–hanggang Tipan ni Abraham kay Yahweh kung hindi sila magpapatuli ? Sa Genesis 17:14 ay sinabi ni Yahweh na ‗hindi kasama‟ ang mga di-tuli (supot) dahil sinira nila ang kontrata o tipan ni Abraham kay Yahweh. Ngunit sa I Corinto 7:18-19 at sa Galatia 5:2 at sa Galatia 6:13 ang konklusyon ni Apostol Saul ay ―dahil ang mga taong ‗tuli‘ (masasamang Hudyo) na hindi naman sumusunod sa mga utos ni Yahweh ay hinihimuk pa silang mga (Hintil) hindi tuli na magpatuli upang magaya sa kanilang mga tuli (masasamang Hudyo) na hindi sumusunod sa mga utos ni Yahweh‖, kaya bale-wala ang kahalagahan ng kanilang pagka-tuli dahil sila ay hindi naman sumusunod sa mga utos ni Yahweh. Nasasainyo na iyan kung gusto ninyong sumunod kay Apostol Saul ay Pauline belief kayo o gusto ninyong sumunod kay Yahweh na sinasamba ni Abraham ay Abrahamic belief kayo. Ngunit ang sinulat ni Apostol Saul ay malalalim kaya nagbilin ang Disipolo ni Yahshu‘a na si Pedro sa 2 Pedro 3:15-16 at si Apostol Saul ay hindi Levita kundi mula sa lahi ni BenYahmin Phillipians 3:1-5 at galing sa paniniwala ng mga Pariseo. Basta ang sabi ni YAHWEH ang Pinakamakapangyarihan sa lahat at sinasamba ni Abraham na ‗hindi kasama‟ ang mga di-tuli (supot) dahil sinira nila ang kontrata o tipan ni Abraham kay Yahweh.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 100

Those Circumcised who Do Not Keep the Law of Yahweh, even they are circumcised, the Messiah shall have no profit on them Galations 6:13 For neither they themselves who are circumcised keep the law; but desire to have you circumcised, that they may glory in your flesh. Galations 5:2 Behold, I Paul say unto you, that if ye be circumcised, the Messiah shall profit you nothing.

Being Uncircumcised shall be cut- off and put away from the Covenant of Yahweh to Abraham Gen. 17:14. 1Corinthians 7:18 Is any man called being circumcised? let him not become uncircumcised. Is any called in uncircumcision? let him not be circumcised. 1Corinthians 7:19 Circumcision is nothing, and uncircumcision is nothing, but the keeping of the commandments of YAHWEH. Uncircumcised man can Keep the Commandment of YAHWEH but he is out of the Covenant of Abraham to YAHWEH.

DECISION OF JAMES Acts 15:19 Wherefore my sentence is, that we trouble not them, which from among the Gentiles are turned to YAHWEH: Acts 15:20 But that we write unto them, that they abstain from pollutions of idols, and from fornication, and from things strangled, and from blood. Acts 15:21 For Moses of old time hath in every city them that preach him, being read in the synagogues every Sabbath day. The Teaching is Introductory to the Gentiles for the book of Moses being preach and read in the synagogues every Sabbath day, they will Increased their learning soon and the Gentiles can follow the Laws and Statutes of YAHWEH as in Genesis 17:1214. Genesis 17:12 And he that is eight days old shall be circumcised among you, every man child in your generations, he that is born in the house, or bought with money of any stranger, which is not of thy seed. Genesis 17:13 He that is born in thy house, and he that is bought with thy money, must needs be circumcised: and my covenant shall be in your flesh for an everlasting covenant. Genesis 17:14 And the uncircumcised man child whose flesh of his foreskin is not circumcised, that soul shall be cut off from his people; he hath broken my covenant.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 101

AARON SON AND LEVITES: Exodus 29:1 And this is the thing that thou shalt do unto them to hallow them, to minister unto me in the priest's office: Take one young bullock, and two rams without blemish, Exodus 29:2 And unleavened bread, and cakes unleavened tempered with oil, and wafers unleavened anointed with oil: of wheaten flour shalt thou make them. Exodus 29:3 And thou shalt put them into one basket, and bring them in the basket, with the bullock and the two rams. Exodus 29:4 And Aaron and his sons thou shalt bring unto the door of the tabernacle of the congregation, and shalt wash them with water. Exodus 29:5 And thou shalt take the garments, and put upon Aaron the coat, and the robe of the ephod, and the ephod, and the breastplate, and gird him with the curious girdle of the ephod: Exodus 29:6 And thou shalt put the mitre upon his head, and put the holy crown upon the mitre. Exodus 29:7 Then shalt thou take the anointing oil, and pour it upon his head, and anoint him. Exodus 29:8 And thou shalt bring his sons, and put coats upon them. Exodus 29:9 And thou shalt gird them with girdles, Aaron and his sons, and put the bonnets on them: and the priest's office shall be theirs for a PERPETUAL STATUTE: and thou shalt consecrate Aaron and his sons.

PERPETUAL STATUTE (WALANG-HANGGANG BATAS NI YAHWEH) perpetual [pər péchoo əl] adj 1. lasting for ever: lasting for all time 2. lasting indefinitely: lasting for an indefinitely long time 3. occurring repeatedly: occurring over and over statute [státtyoot] n 1.LAW law enacted by legislature: a law established by a legislative body, for example an Act of Parliament 2.BUSINESS established rule: a permanent established rule or law, especially one involved in the running of a company or other organization

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 102

MGA PEKENG-PARI 2kings 13:33-34 Pinalitan ang mga Levitang Pare ng mga Hindi-Levita ni Haring Jeroboam ng Israel, sapalagay mo may tama silang itinuro? 2 Kings 17:24-41 Itinapon ang mga Israelita kasama ang mga Paring Hindi-Levita at ang isa lang ang pinabalik sa Samaria para magturo samakatwid nag-ordain siya ng mga Pari na nagmula sa Abba, Cutha, Separvaim , Hammath at Babylonia na tinawag na Paring Israelita na hindi naman Israelita. Nehemiah 7:61-66 Ang Tunay na pari ay Levita na lahi ni Aaron (Ex. 29:1-9) na ang natira ay si Ezra. Lumitaw ang mga pekeng-pari na walang pinanggalingan lahing na maipakita na sila ay lahing Levita.

NAKILALANG MGA PEKENG-PARI O ANG MGA CHURCH FATHERS AT ANG KANILANG BULAANG-ARAL Clement ng Rome Ignatius ng Antioch ay istudyante ng Desipolong si John (YahYah) ay sumulat sa mga naunang Christians bago siya patayin sa Roma. Binanggit siya sa mga sulat ni Apostol Pablo. Polycarp ng Smyrna ay isang Bishop ng Smyrna (ngayon ay Izmir, Turkey). Siya ay Desipolo ni John (YahYah) na anak ni Zebedee na pinaniniwalaan na sumulat ng ika-apat na Gospel. Didache at Shepherd of Hermas ay kasulatan ng mga Church Fathers Clement ng Roma ay sinulat ang 1 Clement noong 96 A.D., Eusebius na ipinagpipilitan na si Polycarp ay kasama ni John the Evangelist.

Clement ng Alexandria Clement of Alexandria (Titus Flavius Clemens) (c.150-211/216), ay kaanib ng iskwelahan at simbahan ng Alexandria. Sinulat niya ang Clement of Alexandria.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 103

ng mga komentaryong napasama nang isalin sa mga aklat sa Biblia. Sa kanya si Yahweh ay hindi makapangyarihan kundi isa lamang Unang Prinsipyo at ang antas ng Messiah ay mas mababa, ang kanyang pagkaka- unawa sa Trinity ang pre-existence ng kaluluwa ay idineklara na isang paglait. Sumulat siya ng mahigit 6,000 aklat. Si Origen noong 235 A.D. na isang Christian scholar ng Alexandria ay binuo ang ‗Hexapla‟ na binubuo ng anim na hanay na sa unang hanay ang bersyong Hebrew Text. Sa unang hanay ay Hebreo at sa ikalawang hanay ay Hebrew sa Greek bersyon at ang ikatlong hanay ay ang Makabagong Greek bersyon na Aquila ng Sinope‘s Greek bersyon, ika-apat ang Pinaka-lumang Greek Septuagint bersyon Symmachus ang Ebionite‘s bersyon, ang ika-lima ay ang LXX o Septuagint na pinagsama-sama ang lahat ng Greek bersyon na may mga paliwanag kung saang bersyon ito nagmula. Ang ika-limang hanay na kumbinasyon ng pinagsama-samang bersyon ng Greek ay kinopya ng marami at isinalin muli ngunit tinanggal ang mga paliwanag kung saang bersyon nagmula, at ang Lumang Greek bersyon ng Septuagint ay hindi isinama sa pagkakasalin. Ang pang-anim ang Theodotion bersyon. Itong pinagsama-samang mga teksto ay naging unang paniniwala ng mga Christian rebisyon ng Septuagint na tinawag na “HEXAPLAR RECENSION”. Si Philo at Josephus ay nagtiwala at pinagbasehan ang Septuagint sa kanilang mga sinulat na patungkol sa mga kasulatan ng Hudyo.

The term "hexapla" signifies "six-fold" or "six-columned", and describes the arrangement of the six English versions underneath the Greek text in the book. The term "hexapla" is also applied to Origen's 3rd century edition of the Old Testament, which present six versions of the old testament, in Hebrew, Hebrew in Greek letters, Aquila of Sinope's Greek version, Symmachus the Ebionite's version, the LXX or Septuagint. Pope Theonas of Alexandria ay ang Punong Papa ng Alexandria na naging Coptic Church at ang Greek Church ng Alexandria noong 282 hanggang 300 A.D. Pope Achillas of Alexandria ang pang 18 Papa ng Coptic Orthodox Church at ng Greek Church ng Alexandria noong 312 hanggang 313 A.D. Si Achillas naman ay inordinahan na Pari ni Pierius, at naging lider ng Catechetical School of Alexandria sa pagkawala ni Pierius na naging martir ng Alexandria. Siya ay kasing galing sa Greek philosophy at theological science kapantay ni Athanasius ng Alexandria at tinawag siyang "Achillas the Great". Siya ang pumalit pagkamatay ni Peter ng Alexandria sa kapanahunan ng Pagpapahirap ni Diocletian . Minana niya ang mga problema ng simbahan kagaya ng Meletian heresy at ang patuloy na alitan sa Arianism. Sa pamumuno ni Achillas bilang Patriarka, siya ay naimpluwensyahan ng mga sumusuporta kay Arius upang tanggalin ang suspensyon kay Arius. Sa resulta nito ay ibinalik si Arius bilang Pari sa Bucalis na isang pinakamatanda at maimpluwensyang simbahan sa Alexandria.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 104

Kilala bilang kauna-unahang Roman Emperor na naging Christian , at binigyang laya ang mga religion sa kanyang nasasakupang emperyo. Ginawa siya at ang kanyang ina si Reyna Helena bilang Santo ng Eastern Orthodox Church at Eastern Catholic Churches of Byzantine. Sa Latin Church kahit hindi siya ginawang santo ngunit siya ay tinawag nila na ―Constantine The great‖ sa kanyang kontribusyon sa Christianity. Si Constantine ay ginawa ang sina-unang Greek colony ng Byzantium bilang bagong imperial residence ang Constantinople na nanatiling kapital ng Byzantine Empire sa loob ng 1,000 taon.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 105

Around AD 235, Origen, a Christian scholar in Alexandria, completed the Hexapla, a comprehensive comparison of the ancient versions and Hebrew text side-by-side in six columns, with diacritical markings (a.k.a. "editor's marks", "critical signs" or "Aristarchian signs"). Much of this work was lost, but several compilations of the fragments are available. In the first column was the contemporary Hebrew, in the second a Greek transliteration of it, then the newer Greek versions each in their own columns. Origen also kept a column for the Old Greek (the Septuagint) and next to it was a critical apparatus combining readings from all the Greek versions with diacritical marks indicating to which version each line (Gr. στἰχος) belonged. Perhaps the voluminous Hexapla was never copied in its entirety, but Origen's combined text ("the fifth column") was copied frequently, eventually without the editing marks, and the older uncombined text of the LXX was neglected. Thus this combined text became the first major Christian recension of the LXX, often called the Hexaplar recension. In the century following Origen, two other major recensions were identified by Jerome, who attributed these to Lucian and Hesychius.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 106

Ang tatlong natira sa sinulat ni Arius ang sulat niya kay Alexander ng Alexandria na naitago ng mga Athanasius, On the Councils of Arminum and Seleucia, 16; Epiphanius, Refutation of All Heresies, 69.7; and Hilary, On the Trinity, 4.12), Ang sulat niya kay Eusebius ng Nicomedia (as recorded by Epiphanius, Refutation of All Heresies, 69.6 and Theodoret, Church History, 1.5) . Ang kanyang kumpisal kay Constantine (as recorded in Socrates Scholasticus, Church History 1.26.2 and Sozomen, Church History 2.27.6-10).

Mga Latin Fathers Ang mga sumulat sa wikang Latin ay ang tinawag na Latin Fathers sila Tertullian, si Cyprian ng Carthage, si Gregory the Great, si Augustine ng Hippo, si Ambrose ng Milan, at si Jerome.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 107

Christian Devine Trinity sa wikang Latin kahit na nauna ng naisulat ni Theophilus of Antioch (c. 115 - c. 183) na nagmula sa Koine Greek at ang ―vetus testamentum (Old Testament) at "novum testamentum" (New Testament). Siya rin ang nauna na tumawag ng "vera religio", na naging sistema ng Religion ng Roman Empire at iba pang tinanggap na Kulto na tinawag na "superstitions". Sa sumunod na panahon sumali siya sa sektang Montanists na kontra sa umiiral na paniniwala. Cyprian ng Carthage Saint Cyprian (Thascius Caecilius Cyprianus) ay bishop ng Carthage ay isang importanteng manunulat na ipinanganak sa Carthage na naging Bishop noong 249 A.D. Ambrose ng Milan Saint Ambrose (c. 338 – 4 April 397), ay bishop ng Milan na naging maimpluwensya at isa sa apat na orihinal na Doctors of the Church. Jerome of Stridonium Saint Jerome (c 347 – September 30, 420) ay kilala na translator ng Biblia sa Latin mula sa Grego at Hebreo na gumawa ng Vulgate Bible na ginagamit ng Roman Catholic Church. Siya ay tinawag na Doctor of the Church. Augustine ng Hippo Saint Augustine (November 13, 354 – August 28, 430), ay ipinanganak sa Algeria ay naging Bishop ng Hippo, isang philosopher at theologian ay isang Latin Father at Doctor of the Church. Siya ay importante sa paglaganap ng Western Christianity. Siya ay naimpluwensyahan ng Platonism. Ang mga ginawa niya ay ipinagpatuloy ni Pope Gregory the Great. Gregory the Great Saint Gregory I the Great (c. 540 – March 12, 604) ay ang pope mula September 3, 590 A.D. hanggang mamatay. Kilala rin siya bilang Gregorius Dialogus (Gregory the Dialogist) sa Eastern Orthodoxy ay Doctor of the Church at pang apat sa great Latin Fathers of the Church (ang ibang Latin Fathers sina Ambrose, Augustine, at Jerome). Apologetic Fathers Sina St. Justin Martyr, Tatian, Athenagoras of Athens, Hermias at Tertullian.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 108

Modern positions Sa Roman Catholic Church, si St. John ng Damascus, na nabuhay noong ika-walong siglo ay ang pinaka-huling Church Fathers at ang una sa susunod na Church writers, scholasticism. Si St. Bernard ay isa pa rin sa huling Church Fathers.

Hexapla (Ἑξαπλά: Gr. for "sixfold") is the term for an edition of the Bible in six versions. Especially it applies to the edition of the Old Testament compiled by Origen of Alexandria, which placed side by side in six (6) columns: 7. Hebrew Culturally, it is considered a Jewish language 8. Hebrew transliterated into Greek characters 9. Aquila of Sinope native of Pontus in Anatolia known for producing an exceedingly literal translation of the Hebrew Bible into Greek around 130 CE 10. Symmachus the Ebionite (fl. late 2nd century) was the author of one of the Greek versions of the Old Testament 11. Septuagint 72 Jewish scholars first translated the Torah into Koine Greek in the third century BC 12. Theodotion (d. ca. 200 A.D.) was a Hellenistic Jewish scholar The English Hexapla is an edition of the New Testament in Greek, along with what were considered the six most important English language translations in parallel columns underneath, preceded by a detailed history of English translations and translators by S. P. Tregelles. The six English language translations provided are Wiclif's (1380), William Tyndale's (1534), Cranmer's (the Great Bible 1539), the Geneva Bible (1557), Rheims (1582), and the Authorised, or King James Bible, (1611). The term "hexapla" signifies "six-fold" or "six-columned", and describes the arrangement of the six English versions underneath the Greek text in the book. The term "hexapla" is also applied to Origen's 3rd century edition of the Old Testament, which present six versions of the old testament, in Hebrew, Hebrew in Greek letters, Aquila of Sinope's Greek version, Symmachus the Ebionite's version, the LXX or Septuagint, and Theodotion's version. The English Hexapla was published by Samuel Bagster and Sons, of Paternoster Row, London, who are described on the title page as being a "warehouse for Bibles, New Testaments, Prayerbooks, Lexicons, Grammars, Concordances, and Psalters, in ancient and modern languages." It was published in 1841

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 109

3. TEN COMMANDMENTS: Exodus 20:1 And Elohim spake all these words, saying, Exodus 20:2 I am YAHWEH thy Elohim, which have brought thee out of the land of Egypt, out of the house of bondage. Exodus 20:3 Thou shalt have no other elohim before me. Exodus 20:4 Thou shalt not make unto thee any graven image, or any likeness of any thing that is in heaven above, or that is in the earth beneath, or that is in the water under the earth: Exodus 20:5 Thou shalt not bow down thyself to them, nor serve them: for I YAHWEH thy MIGHTY-ONE am a jealous Elohim, visiting the iniquity of the fathers upon the children unto the third and fourth generation of them that hate me; Exodus 20:6 And shewing mercy unto thousands of them that love me, and keep my commandments. Exodus 20:7 Thou shalt not take the name of YAHWEH thy MIGHTY-ONE in vain; for YAHWEH will not hold him guiltless that taketh his NAME IN VAIN. Exodus 20:8 Remember the Sabbath day, to keep it holy. Exodus 20:9 Six days shalt thou labour, and do all thy work: Exodus 20:10 But the seventh day is the Sabbath of YAHWEH thy MIGHTYONE: in it thou shalt not do any work, thou, nor thy son, nor thy daughter, thy manservant, nor thy maidservant, nor thy cattle, nor thy stranger that is within thy gates: Exodus 20:11 For in six days YAHWEH made heaven and earth, the sea, and all that in them is, and rested the seventh day: wherefore YAHWEH blessed the Sabbath day, and hallowed it. Exodus 20:12 Honour thy father and thy mother: that thy days may be long upon the land which YAHWEH thy MIGHTY-ONE giveth thee. Exodus 20:13 Thou shalt not kill. Exodus 20:14 Thou shalt not commit adultery. Exodus 20:15 Thou shalt not steal. Exodus 20:16 Thou shalt not bear false witness against thy neighbour.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 110

Exodus 20:17 Thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's house, thou shalt not covet thy neighbour's wife, nor his manservant, nor his maidservant, nor his ox, nor his ass, nor any thing that is thy neighbour's Matthew 5:17 Think not that I am come to destroy the law, or the prophets: I am not come to destroy, but to fulfil. Matthew 5:18 For verily I say unto you, Till heaven and earth pass, one jot or one tittle shall in no wise pass from the law, till all be fulfilled.

Ang Ten Commandment ay inulit muli ng Tigapagsulat sa Deuteronomy 5 kahit ito ay magkaiba sa Exodus 20. Sa Exodus 20:8-11 Remember the sabbath day to sanctify i t . . . because in six days Yahweh made the heavens and the earth, the sea and ail that is in them, and he rested on the seventh day Therefore Yahweh blessed the sabbath day and sanctified it. Sa Deuteronomy 5:12-15 Ngunit sa Deuteronomy, nang inulit ng D-Text ay : Keep the sabbath day to sanctify i t . . . and you shall remember that you were a slave in the land of Egypt, and Yahweh your God brought you out from there with a strong hand and an outstretched arm. There' fore Yahweh your God commanded you to observe the sabbath day. Ang unang bersyon galing sa P text, ang dahilan sa pag-iingat sa Sabbath: ‗because God rested on the seventh day‘. Ang ikalawang bersyon mula sa D Text, ang dahilan sa pag-iingat sa Sabbath: ‗because God freed you from slavery‘.

Kumparasyon Sa Natagpuang sa Dead Sea Scroll Sa Dead Sea Scroll na natagpuan ay parehas na hindi itong dalawang bersyon ang dahilan sa pag iingat sa Sabbath: ‗ Sa lahat ng ito ay walang pamamaraan na nag-uutos na pamahalaan ang pag iingat ng Sabbath‘. (In all of this, no one method governs the process). Itong naisulat at iniaral ng P at D Text ay itinuwid ng Messiah na mababasa sa Matthew 12:1-12.

MGA SABBATHS (PLURAL) Exodus 31:13 Speak thou also unto the children of Israel, saying, Verily my Sabbaths ye shall keep: for it is a sign between me and you throughout your generations; that ye may know that I am that doth sanctify you. PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 111

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH Leviticus 23:1-44

Leviticus 23:41 And ye shall keep it a feast unto YAHWEH seven days in the year. It shall be a STATUTE FOREVER in your generations: ye shall celebrate it in the seventh month.

FEAST OF YAHWEH Leviticus 23:1 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:2 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, Concerning the feasts of , which ye shall proclaim to be holy convocations, even these are my feasts. Leviticus 23:3 Six days shall work be done: but the seventh day is the Sabbath of rest, an holy convocation; ye shall do no work therein: it is the Sabbath of in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:4 These are the feasts of proclaim in their seasons.

, even holy convocations, which ye shall

Leviticus 23:5 In the fourteenth day of the first month at even is

's passover.

Leviticus 23:6 And on the fifteenth day of the same month is the feast of unleavened bread unto : seven days ye must eat unleavened bread. Leviticus 23:7 In the first day ye shall have an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:8 But ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto seven days: in the seventh day is an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:9 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:10 Speak unto the children of Israel, and say unto them, When ye be come into the land which I give unto you, and shall reap the harvest thereof, then ye shall bring a sheaf of the firstfruits of your harvest unto the priest: Leviticus 23:11 And he shall wave the sheaf before morrow after the Sabbath the priest shall wave it.

, to be accepted for you: on the

Leviticus 23:12 And ye shall offer that day when ye wave the sheaf an he lamb without blemish of the first year for a burnt offering unto .

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 112

Leviticus 23:13 And the meat offering thereof shall be two tenth deals of fine flour mingled with oil, an offering made by fire unto for a sweet savour: and the drink offering thereof shall be of wine, the fourth part of an hin. Leviticus 23:14 And ye shall eat neither bread, nor parched corn, nor green ears, until the selfsame day that ye have brought an offering unto your Elohim: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:15 And ye shall count unto you from the morrow after the Sabbath, from the day that ye brought the sheaf of the wave offering; seven Sabbaths shall be complete: Leviticus 23:16 Even unto the morrow after the seventh Sabbath shall ye number fifty days; and ye shall offer a new meat offering unto . Leviticus 23:17 Ye shall bring out of your habitations two wave loaves of two tenth deals: they shall be of fine flour; they shall be baken with leaven; they are the firstfruits unto . Leviticus 23:18 And ye shall offer with the bread seven lambs without blemish of the first year, and one young bullock, and two rams: they shall be for a burnt offering unto , with their meat offering, and their drink offerings, even an offering made by fire, of sweet savour unto . Leviticus 23:19 Then ye shall sacrifice one kid of the goats for a sin offering, and two lambs of the first year for a sacrifice of peace offerings. Leviticus 23:20 And the priest shall wave them with the bread of the firstfruits for a wave offering before , with the two lambs: they shall be holy to for the priest. Leviticus 23:21 And ye shall proclaim on the selfsame day, that it may be an holy convocation unto you: ye shall do no servile work therein: it shall be a statute for ever in all your dwellings throughout your generations. Leviticus 23:22 And when ye reap the harvest of your land, thou shalt not make clean riddance of the corners of thy field when thou reapest, neither shalt thou gather any gleaning of thy harvest: thou shalt leave them unto the poor, and to the stranger: I am your Elohim. Leviticus 23:23 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:24 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, In the seventh month, in the first day of the month, shall ye have a Sabbath, a memorial of blowing of trumpets, an holy convocation. Leviticus 23:25 Ye shall do no servile work therein: but ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto . Leviticus 23:26 And

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

spake unto Moses, saying,

Page 113

Leviticus 23:27 Also on the tenth day of this seventh month there shall be a day of atonement: it shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall afflict your souls, and offer an offering made by fire unto . Leviticus 23:28 And ye shall do no work in that same day: for it is a day of atonement, to make an atonement for you before your Elohim. Leviticus 23:29 For whatsoever soul it be that shall not be afflicted in that same day, he shall be cut off from among his people. Leviticus 23:30 And whatsoever soul it be that doeth any work in that same day, the same soul will I destroy from among his people. Leviticus 23:31 Ye shall do no manner of work: it shall be a statute for ever throughout your generations in all your dwellings. Leviticus 23:32 It shall be unto you a Sabbath of rest, and ye shall afflict your souls: in the ninth day of the month at even, from even unto even, shall ye celebrate your Sabbath. Leviticus 23:33 And

spake unto Moses, saying,

Leviticus 23:34 Speak unto the children of Israel, saying, The fifteenth day of this seventh month shall be the feast of tabernacles for seven days unto . Leviticus 23:35 On the first day shall be an holy convocation: ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:36 Seven days ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto : on the eighth day shall be an holy convocation unto you; and ye shall offer an offering made by fire unto : it is a solemn assembly; and ye shall do no servile work therein. Leviticus 23:37 These are the feasts of , which ye shall proclaim to be holy convocations, to offer an offering made by fire unto , a burnt offering, and a meat offering, a sacrifice, and drink offerings, every thing upon his day: Leviticus 23:38 Beside the Sabbaths of , and beside your gifts, and beside all your vows, and beside all your freewill offerings, which ye give unto . Leviticus 23:39 Also in the fifteenth day of the seventh month, when ye have gathered in the fruit of the land, ye shall keep a feast unto seven days: on the first day shall be a Sabbath, and on the eighth day shall be a Sabbath. Leviticus 23:40 And ye shall take you on the first day the boughs of goodly trees, branches of palm trees, and the boughs of thick trees, and willows of the brook; and ye shall rejoice before your Elohim seven days. Leviticus 23:41 And ye shall keep it a feast unto seven days in the year. It shall be a statute for ever in your generations: ye shall celebrate it in the seventh month. PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 114

Leviticus 23:42 Ye shall dwell in booths seven days; all that are Israelites born shall dwell in booths: Leviticus 23:43 That your generations may know that I made the children of Israel to dwell in booths, when I brought them out of the land of Egypt: I am your Elohim. Leviticus 23:44 And Moses declared unto the children of Israel the feasts of

ARAL NG BULAANG PROPETA NA TINANGGAL NA RAW ANG MGA KAPISTAHAN NI YAHWEH Isaiah 1:9 Except YAHWEH of hosts had left unto us a very small remnant, we should have been as Sodom, and we should have been like unto Gomorrah. Isaiah 1:10 Hear the word of YAHWEH, ye rulers of Sodom; give ear unto the law of our Elohim, ye people of Gomorrah. Isaiah 1:11 To what purpose is the multitude of your sacrifices unto me? saith YAHWEH: I am full of the burnt offerings of rams, and the fat of fed beasts; and I delight not in the blood of bullocks, or of lambs, or of he goats. Isaiah 1:12 When ye come to appear before me, who hath required this at your hand, to tread my courts? Isaiah 1:13 Bring no more vain oblations; incense is an abomination unto me; the new moons and Sabbaths, the calling of assemblies, I cannot away with; it is iniquity, even the solemn meeting. Isaiah 1:14 YOUR new moons and YOUR appointed feasts my soul hateth: they are a trouble unto me; I am weary to bear them.

Ang Mga Kapistahan ni YAHWEH ay IBA sa mga Kapistahan ng MGA HINDI SUMUSUNOD kay YAHWEH.

SI YAHSHUâ&#x20AC;&#x;A MESSIAH GUMANAP NG MGA KAPISTAHAN NI YAHWEH Matthew 26:18 And he said, Go into the city to such a man, and say unto him, The Rabbi saith, My time is at hand; I will keep the passover at thy house with my disciples. Mark 14:14 And wheresoever he shall go in, say ye to the goodman of the house, The Rabbi saith, Where is the guestchamber, where I shall eat the passover with my disciples? PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 115

Luke 2:41 Now his parents went to Jerusalem every year at the feast of the passover. John 2:23 Now when he was in Jerusalem at the passover, in the feast day, many believed in his name, when they saw the miracles which he did. Mark 14:1 After two days was the feast of the passover, and of unleavened bread: and the chief priests and the scribes sought how they might take him by craft, and put him to death. John 7:2 Now the Jews' feast of tabernacles was at hand.

TEACHINGS OF FALSE PROPHETS Not only many but all the teachings and doctrines of present church pastors, priests and ministers, they were all teaching the doctrines of adversary rooted from Arius and Athanasius those Early-Researchers of the Scriptures. Their teachings even from the start of the Bible when Adam ate the forbidden fruit they teach Adam did not die, their reasoning in fact after eating the forbidden fruit Adam got children, making the word of adversary correct than the word of Yahweh. These are the teachings of all the pastors, ministers and priests of all churches denominations around the world. When Yahweh told Adam in Gen. 2:17 „but of the tree of the knowledge of good and evil, thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shall surely die‟.The adversary is always opposite and contradict the instructions of Yahweh to Adam. In Gen. 3:4-5 „and the serpent said unto the woman, „Ye shall not surely die: for Yahweh doth know that in the day ye eat thereof, then your eyes shall be opened, and ye shall be as gods, knowing good and evil‟. The woman ate it and gave some to her husband and he did eat it. This happened in Paradise the Garden of Eden, then drove them out of the Garden and placed on the ground from which he was taken. Adam lives for 930 years and died, Gen. 5:1-5. But on 2 Peter 3:8 „but, beloved, be not ignorant of this one thing, that one day is with Yahweh as a thousand years, and a thousand years as one day‟. Adam died on the same day he ate the forbidden fruit because Adam when they were in Paradise in the Garden of Eden they did not complete one day in Yahweh for Adam live only for 930 years, less that a few minutes to complete one day in Paradise and died. The word of Yahweh is correct „thou shalt not eat of it: for in the day that thou eatest thereof thou shall surely die‟. The word of adversary are all lies for he is a liar from the beginning and the father of lies, YahYah 8:44.

Why these pastors, ministers, priests of churches was deceived and never come to the truth just right on the beginning of the Bible? Because they did not read the Bible? PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 116

I do not agree, although in Churches they are oblige to read the cathetism but in their private lives I believed they read the Bible from the beginning of Genesis to the last verse of Revelations. But is that enough to understand the secret of the Bible? In YahYah 14:26 „but the Comforter, which is the Holy Spirit, whom the Father will send in my name, he shall teach you all things, and bring all things to your remembrance, whatsoever I have said unto you‟. This means that the Holy Spirit will teach us and remind us of everything Messiah had said, and that Holy Spirit will be send by the Father Yahweh in the name of Messiah who is speaking. Therefore what is the name of Messiah that the Holy Spirit will be send to teach and remind us everything Messiah had said. These pastors, ministers, priests of churches of all denominations will claim that the name of the Messiah is ‗JESUS‘. We cannot agree to the name ‗Jesus‘ because the letter ‗J‘ was invented 373 years ago, while the Messiah walk on this earth 2,000 years ago, therefore there is no letter ‗J‘ and it is not ‗Jesus‘ his name. In many dictionaries and encyclopedias and even in ‗The Passion of Christ‘ movie the name of Messiah was called Yahshu‟a. Therefore only on the name Yahshu‘a the Holy Spirit will be send by the Father Yahweh, not on any other name, not of course in the name Jesus. Only in the name Yahshu‘a the Holy Spirit will be send and that Holy Spirit will teach us and remind us of everything the Messiah had said. In 2 Peter 1:21 „for the prophecy came not in old time by the will of man: but holy men of Yahweh spake as they were moved by the Holy Spirit‟.

THE PRESENT DOCTRINE INHERITED FROM FIRST-EARLYRESEARCHERS WHICH SEEMS RIGHT BUT THE END THEREOF ARE THE WAYS OF DEATH All the teachings and doctrines of church pastors, priests and ministers seems right, but they were all teaching the doctrines that will end to death. In Proverb 14:12 „there is a way which seemeth right unto a man, but the end thereof are the ways of death‟. The right and correct way of teaching the doctrines that will lead to Eternal Life can be found in YahYah 17:3 „and this is Life Eternal, that they might know thee the only true God (Yahweh), and Jesus Christ (Yahshu‟a Messiah), whom thou hast send‟. Did these church pastors, priests and ministers teaches this doctrine that the members should know the true only one God which is Yahweh and only Yahshu‘a Messiah whom was sent? Let us look at the ‗Jesus believers‘ in different denominations. Others they have conflict that the Messiah is the ‗Son of Man‘, or the ‗Son of Dyos‘ (God). But both of them was wrong, because they don‘t have the Holy Spirit that was send only in the name Yahshu‘a Messiah, they have the spirit of Jesus but not the Holy Spirit that was send by the Father Yahweh in the name Yahshu‘a.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 117

Son of Man or Son of Dyos (Theos, God) You can find two different views about the Messiah whether Messiah is the ‗Son of Man‘ or The ‗Son of Dyos‘ (God). In Luke 3:38 ‗Seth, which was the son of Adam, which was the ‗Son of Yahweh‘. In continuation of the geneology from Adam generation to his descendants until to the generation of Yahshu‘a, they were all called Son of Yahweh not Son of Man. And not Son of ‗Dyos‘ because ‗Dyos‘ originated in the name ‗Theos‘ is the deity of Greek people not of the descendants of Abraham, and not ‗Son of God‘ because the word God originated in Assyrian deity name ‗Gad‘. The prophet Isaiah excoriated Israel for their abominations in serving pagan idols. One of the most prominent was the Syrian god of fate or luck, otherwise known as Gad: “But you are they that forsake Yahweh, that forget my holy mountain, that prepare a table for that troop, and that furnish the drink offering unto that number” (Isa. 65:11). ―Troop‖ is translated from the Hebrew Gad, pronounced ―God‖(see Strong‘s Hebrew and Chaldee Dictionary, No. 1409 and note the phonetic Gawd in this reference.). The word ―God‖ and its Germanic roots ―Gott‖ and ―Gut‖ are connected to the ancient Syrian idol ―Baal Gad,‖ which Yahweh judged Israel for worshiping. The New Bible Dictionary says of Gad, ―A pagan deity worshiped by the Canaanites as the God of Fortune for whom they ‗prepare a table‘‖ (Isa. 65:11) The Anchor Bible Dictionary says about ―Gad‖: ―A Deity (or spirit) of fortune mentioned in Isa. 65:11 as being worshiped, along with Meni (a god of fate or destiny), by apostate Jews, probably in postexilic Judah,‖ Vol. II, p. 863. Further, this resource tells us, ―The place name Baal-gad (Josh. 11:17) could be interpreted as ‗Lord Gad‘ or as involving an epithet (gad) joined to the divine name Baal‖ (Ibid.) The heathen nations that Yahshu‘a (Joshua) was directed to destroy had a place called Baal-gad, which is none other than ―Lord-God,‖ a reference to Isaiah 65:11 and the worship of this ―deity‖ by those who forsake Yahweh! As the Anchor Bible Dictionary affirms: ―The apostates of Isa. 65:11 were looking to Gad [God], not Yahweh, as the source of well-being and prosperity‖ (Vol. II, p. 864). In Hastings‘ A Dictionary of the Bible, we find that the word Gad or God was ―originally an appellative‖ and used as a divine name in pagan worship (see Gad, p. 76). Theosophy (Greek, theos, ‖god‖; sophos, ―wise‖), designation for any religious philosophical system purporting to furnish knowledge of God, and of the universe related to God, by means of direct mystical intuition, philosophical inquiry, or both.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 118

Let Us Avoid Misconception or the Carry Over from researches of FirstEarly-Researchers who did not come to Yahshu‟a Messiah Sunday worship and the Seventh-day Adventist: This Sunday worship is not found in the Bible only the Pentecost Day was being held on the First day of the Week which is Sunday, but the Sabbath is the only day sanctified by Yahweh to be Holy. The Seventh Day Adventist is performing the Sabbath Day worship but neglected the other Sabbaths in the Feast of Yahweh in Leviticus chapter 23 and the Sabbathical Year. Sabbaths is plural in Exodus 31:13. Jesus doctrine that Jesus died in cross on Friday: The Prophet Daniel (Dan.9:27) prophesied that on the middle of the week the Messiah shall cause the sacrifice and oblation to cease‘, and in the middle of the week is Wednesday. Jesus doctrine that Jesus died in cross with two other criminals.: Yahshu‘a the Messiah said from his mouth on Luke 13:33 „nevertheless I must walk today, and tomorrow, and the day following : for it cannot be that a Prophet perish out of Yahrusalem‟. In Deuteronomy 18:15 „Yahweh your Mighty One will raise a PROPHET from the midst of thee, of thy brethren, like unto me (Levites also), unto him ye shall hearken‟. (Yahshu‟a Messiah is a Levite, his genealogical mother (Marriam) is a cousin of a Levite Elizabeth , Luke 1:5,1:36) Jesus died. In Daniel 9:26 „and after three score and two weeks shall Messiah be cut off, but not for himself‟: Yes the Messiah was cut-off but it does not mean was killed. Jesus was cut off from the land of the living: The Prophet Isaiah prophesied on Isaiah 53:8 „he was taken from prison and from judgment: and who shall declare his generation? For he was cut-off out of the land of the living: for the transgression of my people was he stricken‟. Prophet Isaiah wrote a challenging question that ‗Who among in his generation that can declare that he was cut off out of the land of the living? Stricken means he was only deeply or badly affected by something such as grief. In Dictionary: stricken [stríkən] (archaic) Past participle of strike adj a. deeply or badly affected by something: deeply or very badly affected by something such as grief, misfortune, or trouble

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 119

b. affected by illness: experiencing severe physical symptoms caused by illness or injury

Jesus dying word is Eli, Eli Lama Sabachtani was heard by witnesses. This Greek word Eli Lama Sabachtani has equivalent word in Hebrew as ‗Mah Yad Shebaq‘. In Strong‘s Exhaustive Concordance Hebrew-Greek Dictionary no. 2241, no.1682, no.2982, no. 4100, no.3027, no.4518, no.7662. The witness should hear ‗Mah Yad Shebaq‘ because Yahshu‘a is a Hebrew man and speaking in Hebrew language not in Greek language (Acts 10:28, Acts 26:14). If Eli, Eli Lama Sabachtani is translation, then the witnesses will say he is waiting for ‗Mah Yad‘ not for Prophet EliYah. In Matthew 27:46-49. if that man in the cross is Yahshu‘a speaks ―my Eli, my Eli, why has you forsaken me‖ will make Yob (Job) is better than this man because Yob did not charged or blamed Yahweh in Job 1:22. Jesus was nailed to cross:Simon of Cyrene (now Libya) speak Greek and until now in Susa, Shihat and Beda in Libya these Greek descendant resides. Never in the scriptures that Simon of Cyrene returned the cross. Jesus is three days and three nights in the grave: the teachings and doctrines of church pastors and priests and ministers, they were all teachings the doctrine of wicked and adulterous generations teaching that Jesus died on Friday and rise on early Sunday morning which is less than two days. Remember that Yahshu‘a reminds the wicked and adulterous generation in Matthew 16:4 „a wicked and adulterous generation seeketh after a sign, and there shall no sign be given unto it, but the sign of the prophet Yonah‟. The three days and three nights is for wicked and adulterous generation.

False Prophet Prophecy you shall not be afraid of him In Deuteronomy 18:22 „when a prophet speaketh in the name of YAHWEH, if the thing follow not, nor come to pass, that is the thing which YAHWEH hath not spoken, but the prophet hath spoken it presumptuously: thou shall not be afraid of him‟.

False Prophet Prophesied that Yahshu‟a should die The High Priest at time of ministerial of Yahshu‘a is ‗Caipas‘ who does not belong to Aaron descendants, whom the true lineage of forever high priest belongs written in Exodus chapter 29. But Caipas prophesied that Yahshu‘a will die in YahYah 11:51 „and this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that year, he prophesied that Yahshu‟a should die for that nation‟. This prophesies of false prophet as reminded in Deuteronomy 18:22 that we should not believe and should not be afraid of PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 120

it. The teachings and doctrines of Jesus church pastors, priests and ministers rely on the prophesy of false prophet Caipas.

Yahshu‟a is The Son of Yahweh not Son of Man Remember that Father Yahweh revealed to Simon Bar-Yonah that Yahshu‘a is the Son of Yahweh. He saith unto them, But whom say ye that I am? And Simon Peter answered and said, Thou art the MESSIAH, THE SON OF THE LIVING YAHWEH‘. And Yahshu‘a answered and said unto him, „Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-Yonah, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟. In continuation on Matthew 16:20-23 „then charged he his disciples that they should tell no man that he was Yahshu‟a the Messiah (the Son of Yahweh).

Yahshu‟a said that the Son of Man will be killed Not the Son of Yahweh Luke 9:22 „the Son of Man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be slain, and be raised the third day‟. Mark 8:31 „the Son of Man must suffer many things, and be rejected of the elders and chief priests and scribes, and be killed, and after three days rise again‟. Luke 9:44 „let these saying sink down into your ears, for the Son of Man shall be delivered into the hands of men‟. Mark 9:31 „the Son of Man is delivered into the hands of men, and they shall kill him, and after that he is killed, he shall rise the third day‟. Matthew 17:22-23 „the Son of Man shall be betrayed into the hands of Man, and they shall kill him, and the third day he shall be raised again‟. Mark 10:33-34 „the son of Man shall be delivered unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death, and shall deliver him to the Gentiles. And they shall mock him, and shall scourge him, and shall spit upon him, and shall kill him, and the third day he shall rise again‟. Matthew 20:18 „the Son of Man shall be betrayed unto the chief priests and unto the scribes, and they shall condemn him to death‟. Luke 18:31-33 „behold, we go up to Yahrusalem, and all things that are written by the prophets concerning the Son of Man shall be accomplished. For he shall be delivered unto the Gentiles, and shall be PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 121

mocked, and spitefully entreated, and spitted on, and they shall scourge him, and put him to death, and the third day he shall rise again‟.

Those Who Search the Scriptures but did not come to Yahshu‟a Messiah YahYah 5:39-40 „search the scriptures; for in them ye think ye have eternal life: and they are they which testify of me. And ye will not come to me, that ye might have life‟. Yes, people search the scriptures thinking they might find eternal life, but they did not come to Yahshu‘a Messiah, but instead they come to false prophets of falsified name Iesous Kristos later become Jesus Christ and believed on the doctrines of church pastors, priests and ministers teaching the prophecy of false prophet Caipas, YahYah 11:51„and this spake he not of himself: but being high priest that year, he prophesied that Yahshu‟a should die for that nation‟.

Ang Emmanuel ay Hindi “God with us” Ang Emmanuel ay hindi ―God with us‖ o sumasaatin ang Maykapal. Ang ibig sabihin ng Emmanuel ay ‗Pillar‘ o poste. Tingnan ang Strong‘s Exhaustive Concordance HebrewGreek Dictionary, sa Greek no. 1694 na katumbas ng Hebrew no. 6005 at no. 5973, at no. 6004, at no. 5978, at no. 5982 ‗Ammud‘ ay Pillar. Sa Isaiah 7:14 hindi sa Isaiah 8:10 na maling interpretasyon na naisalin sa pagsalin ng sulat ni Mateo sa Mateo 1:23.

Ang Salitang Christo ay Wala sa Orihinal na Biblia YahYah(John)1:41―Una niyang natagpuan ang kanyang kapatid na si Simon at sinabi niya ‗Natagpuan namin ang ‗Messiah‘ (sa interpretasyon ay Christo). 2 Peter 1:20-21 ―Ating unang alamin na walang nakasulat sa Banal na Kasulatan sa kanyang sariling interpretasyon. Dahil isinulat ito ng mga tao noong panahong iyon hindi sa kagustuhan ng tao kundi mga taong pinabanal ni Yahweh na nagsalita at pinakilos ng Banal na Ispiritu ni Yahweh‖. Christo ay interpretasyon lamang ng mga translators na mga Griyego, ngunit ang ‗Christo‘ ay wala sa wikang Griyego. Maari nang masakop ng Griyego ang mga sakop ng Persia sa Ester 1:1 ay nasakop nila ang bansang India na pinanggalingan ng istatwang si Chrishna ay dinudurog ang ulo ng ahas na kagaya ng naihula sa darating na Messiah sa Genesis 3:15.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 122

Father Emmanuel: Christ comes from the Greek word Christos, meaning ―the anointed one‖. Srila Prabhupada: Christos is the Greek version of the word Krishna. Mark 7:19 Because it entereth not into his heart, but into the belly, and goeth out into the draught, purging all meats? (Thus he declared all foods clean). Pwede na raw kainin lahat, ang pinagtatalunan dito ay ang mga tradisyong mali at lahat sila doon sa Israel ay hindi kumakain ng baboy at ipinagbabawal na pagkain sa Leviticus 11. Kung ano iyong idinagdag iyon pa ang itinuturo nila.

Only Few Know the Secret Truth and is not heard by Many Matthew 13:17 „that many prophets and righteous men have desired to see those things which ye see, and have not seen them, and to hear those things which ye hear, and not heard them‟. Daniel 12:10 „many shall be purified, and made white, and tried, but the wicked shall do wickedly: and none of the wicked shall understand; but the wise shall understand‟. YahYah 7:16 „if any man will do his will, he shall know of the doctrine, whether it be of Yahweh, or whether I speak of myself‟. Matthew 16:17 „And Yahshu‟a answered and said unto him, Blessed art thou, Simon Bar-Yonah, for flesh and blood hath not revealed it unto thee, but my Father which is in heaven‟. Mark 4:10-13 „and when he was alone, they that were about him with the twelve asked of him the parable. And he said unto them, unto you it is given to know the mystery of the kingdom of Yahweh, but unto them that are without, all these things are done in parables, that seeing they may see and not perceive, and hearing they may hear and not understand, lest at any time they should be converted and their sins should be forgiven them. And he said unto them, know ye not this parable? And how then will ye know all parables?

PRAYER I pray again to Almighty Father Yahweh through the name of Yahshu‘a the Messiah that you received the Holy Spirit of Yahweh, that you be blessed like Simon Bar-Yonah for flesh and blood had not revealed it unto you, but our Almighty Father Yahweh which is in heaven, that you were able to understand this revelations of Almighty Father Yahweh in heaven to understand that Yahshu‟a is the SON OF YAHWEH.

PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 123

2 Corinthians 4:1-4 “ samakatwid nakita natin ang pagpapatutuo na ating natanggap ang pagkahabag, hindi dapat tayo ay manlumo bagkus ating tanggalin na ang mga bagay na hindi-katotohanan na huwag manatili sa ating mahusay na kaalaman o sundin ang mga salita ni Yahweh na may pandaraya, ngunit sa paglalaganap ng katotohanan na itinatalaga natin ang ating sarili sa bawat konsyensya ng tao na nakikita ni Amang Yahweh. Ngunit ang Katotohanan ay itinago, itinago ito sa mga nalito, na sa kanila ay ang kanilang sinasambang-Makapangyarihan ng mundo ay binulag ang kanilang isipan na hindi naniniwala, maliban na ang kaningningan ng mga aral ni Yahshu‟a Messiah na siyang simbolo ni Amang Yahweh ay sumilay sa kanila”.

Ngunit ang Katotohanan ay itinago, itinago ito sa mga nalito, na sa kanila ay ang kanilang sinasambang-Makapangyarihan ng mundo ay binulag ang kanilang isipan

Palatuntunan sa Dapat at Hindi-Dapat Kainin ng mga Anak ni Yahweh nasa Leviticus 11 Sa mga makakaing malilinis na hayop ay ang ngumunguya at biyak ang kuko. Ang hayop na ngumunguya ngunit hindi biyak ang kuko kagaya ng kabayo ay marumi na hindi dapat kainin. Ganoon din ang biyak nga ang kuko ngunit hindi naman ngumunguya kagaya ng baboy ay marumi at hindi dapat kainin, maging ang patay na katawan nito ay hindi dapat hawakan. Sa mga gumagalaw sa tubig ay ang may kaliskis at palikpik lamang ang malinis na dapat kainin. Ang walang kaliskis at palikpik ay marumi para sa inyo at huwag kakainin. Tingnan ang Leviticus 11 upang kumpirmahin ang mga bagay na ito. Sa Markos 7:19 ay dinagdagan ng mga Tigasalin ay isinulat na pwede na raw kainin ang lahat ng hayop. Ang tinutukoy dito ay ang paghuhugas ng kamay at hindi ang marumi o malinis na hayop, dahil ang lumalabas sa tao ang nakakapagparumi sa tao ang mga kasalanan na salita na nagmumula sa kanilang puso ang nagpaparumi sa tao.

IBINILIN NI YAHWEH KAY MOSES NA SABIHIN NIYA KAY AARON AT MGA ANAK ANG PAMAMARAAN NG PAGBABASBAS Bilang 6:22-27 Basbasan ka ni YAHWEH ng Pagpapala at ingatan ka Hayaan ang Mukha ni YAHWEH ay lumiwanag sa iyo at mapagpala sa iyo Ingatan ka ni YAHWEH at bigyan ka ng Kapayapaan.

Numbers 6:22-27 And spake unto Moses, saying, Speak unto Aaron and unto his sons, saying, On this wise ye shall bless the children of Israel, saying unto them, bless thee, and keep thee: make his face shine upon thee, and be gracious unto thee: lift up his countenance upon thee, and give thee peace. And they shall put my name upon the children of Israel; and I will bless them. PILIPINAS AY NASA BIBLIA

Page 124

Gift for YAHWEH

Thru the Precious Name Yahshu'a Messiah

Hallal Yah

MAKE YOUR OWN CALENDAR - THE FOREVER FEAST DAYS OF YAHWEH FOR ISLANDS OF THE PHILIPPINES LOCATION AND INCLUDE U.S.A. LOCATION ALSO BASED ON LEVITICUS 23 FROM YEAR 2004 UNTIL YEAR 2055 FIRST CRESCENT OF NEW MOON SIGHTING IN THE PHILIPPINES DURING SUNSET TIME

Cycles

Eclipse

49th 19th

Mar.18,1988

Days

9:00 am until:

passed

Lunar Days Hours Min. Sec. Mo.

Conjunction Time

Plus

New Moon

First

Degrees

Evening

Passover

(imaginary allignment

18 hrs

Visible on

Day

time of

Day in

Sunset of:

Abib-01

sunset

Passover

Philippines

U. S. A.

of Sun-Moon-Earth)

Passover

March 18,2004

5844

197

35.5

Mar.21,2004 @ 10:21:27.3

plus 18

Mar.22,2004

Mar.23,2004

Apr.04,2004

Apr.05,2004

Apr.04,2004

13*

March 18,2005

6209

210

58.3

Mar.10,2005 @ 19:10:01.7

plus 18

Mar.11,2005

Mar.12,2005

11.5

Mar.24,2005

Mar.25,2005

March 18,2006

6574

222

23.9

Mar.29,2006 @ 16:42:38.9

plus 18

Mar.30,2006

Mar.31,2006

12.5

March 18,2007

6939

234

49.5

Mar.19,2007 @ 01:31:13.3

plus 18

Mar.20,2007

Mar.21,2007

20.5

Apr.02,2007

Apr.03,2007

Apr.02,2007

16*

March 18,2008

7305

247

12.3

Mar.07,2008 @ 10:19:47.7

plus 18

Mar.08,2008

Mar.09,2008

Mar.21,2008

Mar.22,2008

Mar.21,2008

March 18,2009

7670

259

37.9

Mar.26,2009 @ 07:52:24.9

plus 18

Mar.27,2009

Mar.28,2009

Apr.09,2009

Apr.10,2009

Apr.09,2009

March 18,2010

8035

272

0.7

Mar.15,2010 @ 16:40:59.3

plus 18

Mar.16,2010

Mar.17,2010

12.5

Mar.29,2010

Mar.30,2010

19*

March 18,2011

8400

284

26.3

Apr.03,2011 @ 14:13:36.7

plus 18

Apr.04,2011

Apr.05,2011

Apr.17,2011

Apr.18,2011

Apr.17,2011

March 18,2012

8766

296

51.9

Mar.22,2012 @ 23:02:10.9

plus 18

Mar.23,2012

Mar.24,2012

9.5

Apr.05,2012

Apr.06,2012

March 18,2013

9131

309

14.7

Mar.12,2013 @ 07:50:45.3

plus 18

Mar.13,2013

Mar.14,2013

Mar.26,2013

Mar.27,2013

Mar.26,2013

March 18,2014

9496

321

40.3

Mar.31,2014 @ 05:23:22.5

plus 18

Apr.01,2014

Apr.02,2014

18.5

Apr.14,2014

Apr.15,2014

Apr.14,2014

March 18,2015

9861

333

5.9

Mar.20,2015 @ 14:11:56.9

plus 18

Mar.21,2015

Mar.22,2015

Apr.03,2015

Apr.04,2015

March 18,2016

10227

346

28.7

Mar.08,2016 @ 23:00:31.3

plus 18

Mar.09,2016

Mar.10,2016

9.5

Mar.22,2016

Mar.23,2016

March 18,2017

10592

358

54.3

Mar.27,2017 @ 20:33:08.5

plus 18

Mar.28,2017

Mar.29,2017

Apr.10,2017

Apr.11,2017

March 18,2018

10957

371

Mar.17,2018 @ 05:21:43.0

plus 18

Mar.18,2018

Mar.19,2018

18.5

Mar.31,2018

Apr.01,2018

Mar.31,2018

Mar.20,2019

Mar.21,2019

Apr.12,2006

Apr.13,2006

March 18,2019

11322

383

42.7

Mar.06,2019 @ 15:10:17.3

plus 18

Mar.07,2019

Mar.08,2019

13.5

March 18,2020

11688

395

8.3

Mar.24,2020 @ 11:42:54.5

plus 18

Mar.25,2020

Mar.26,2020

Apr.07,2020

Apr.08,2020

Apr.07,2020

March 18,2021

12053

408

Mar.13,2021 @ 20:31:29.0

plus 18

Mar.14,2021

Mar.15,2021

Mar.27,2021

Mar.28,2021

11*

March 18,2022

12418

420

56.7

Apr.01,2022 @ 18:04:06.1

plus 18

Apr.02,2022

Apr.03,2022

Apr.15,2022

Apr.16,2022

March 18,2023

12783

432

22.3

Mar.22,2023 @ 02:52:40.5

plus 18

Mar.23,2023

Mar.24,2023

19.5

Apr.05,2023

Apr.06,2023

Apr.05,2023

13*

March 18,2024

13149

445

Mar.10,2024 @ 11:41:15.0

plus 18

Mar.11,2024

Mar.12,2024

Mar.24,2024

Mar.25,2024

Mar.24,2024

March 18,2025

13514

457

10.7

Mar.29,2025 @ 09:13:52.1

plus 18

Mar.30,2025

Mar.31,2025

16.5

Apr.12,2025

Apr.13,2025

Apr.12,2025

March 18,2026

13879

469

36.3

Mar.18,2026 @ 18:02:26.5

plus 18

Mar.19,2026

Mar.20,2026

Apr.01,2026

Apr.02,2026

16*

March 18,2027

14244

482

Mar.08,2027 @ 18:03:51.00 plus 18

Mar.09,2027

Mar.10,2027

Mar.22,2027

Mar.23,2027

March 18,2028

14610

494

24.7

Mar.26,2028 @ 00:23:38.1

plus 18

Mar.26,2028

Mar.27,2028

9.5

Apr.08,2028

Apr.09,2028

Apr.08,2028

March 18,2029

14975

507

47.4

Mar.15,2029 @ 09:12:12.6

plus 18

Mar.16,2029

Mar.17,2029

16.5

Mar.29,2029

Mar.30,2029

Mar.29,2029

19*

March 18,2030

15340

519

Apr.04,2030 @ 06:44:49.8

plus 18

Apr.04,2030

Apr.05,2030

17.5

Apr.04,2030

Apr.05,2030

Apr.04,2030

March 18,2031

15705

531

38.6

Mar.23,2031 @ 15:33:25.2

plus 18

Mar.24,2031

Mar.25,2031

13.5

Apr.06,2031

Apr.07,2031

March 18,2032

16071

544

1.4

Mar.12,2032 @ 00:21:58.6

plus 18

Mar.12,2032

Mar.13,2032

Mar.25,2032

Mar.26,2032

Mar.25,2032

556

Mar.30,2033 @ 21:54:35.8

plus 18

Mar.31,2033

Apr.01,2033

March 18,2034

16801

568

52.6

Mar.20,2034 @ 06:43:10.2

plus 18

Mar.21,2034

Mar.22,2034

Apr.03,2034

Apr.04,2034

Apr.03,2034

March 18,2035

March 18,2033

17166

16436

581

15.4

Mar.09,2035 @ 15:31:44.6

plus 18

Mar.10,2035

Mar.11,2035

13.5

Mar.23,2035

Apr.13,2033

Mar.24,2035

Apr.14,2033

Mar.24,2035

Apr.14,2033

March 18,2036

17532

593

Mar.27,2036 @ 13:04:21.8

plus 18

Mar.28,2036

Mar.29,2036

14.5

Apr.10,2036

Apr.11,2036

50-1

March 18,2037

17897

606

3.8

Mar.16,2037 @ 21:52:56.2

plus 18

Mar.17,2037

Mar.18,2037

Mar.30,2037

Mar.31,2037

March 18,2038

18262

618

29.4

Mar.06,2038 @ 06:41:30.6

plus 18

Mar.07,2038

Mar.08,2038

Mar.20,2038

Mar.21,2038

Mar.20,2038

March 18,2039

18627

630

Mar.25,2039 @ 04:14:07.8

plus 18

Mar.26,2039

Mar.27,2039

Apr.08,2039

Apr.09,2039

Apr.08,2039

10*

March 18,2040

18993

643

17.8

Mar.13,2040 @ 13:02:42.2

plus 18

Mar.14,2040

Mar.15,2040

14.5

Mar.27,2040

Mar.28,2040

655

43.4

Apr.01,2041 @ 10:35:19.4

plus 18

Apr.02,2041

Apr.03,2041

March 18,2042

19723

667

Mar.21,2042 @ 19:13:53.8

plus 18

Mar.22,2042

Mar.23,2042

Apr.04,2042

Apr.05,2042

13*

March 18,2043

March 18,2041

20088

680

31.8

Mar.11,2043 @ 04:12:28.2

plus 18

Mar.12,2043

Mar.13,2043

Mar.25,2043

Mar.26,2043

Mar.25,2043

March 18,2044

20454

692

57.4

Mar.29,2044 @ 01:45:05.4

plus 18

Mar.30,2044

Mar.31,2044

Apr.12,2044

Apr.13,2044

Apr.12,2044

March 18,2045

20819

704

Mar.18,2045 @ 01:34:39.8

plus 18

Mar.19,2045

Mar.20,2045

20.5

Apr.01,2045

Apr.02,2045

Apr.01,2045

16*

March 18,2046

21184

717

45.8

Mar.07,2046 @ 19:22:14.2

plus 18

Mar.08,2046

Mar.09,2046

11.5

Mar.21,2046

Mar.22,2046

March 18,2047

21549

729

11.4

Mar.26,2047 @ 16:54:51.4

plus 18

Mar.27,2047

Mar.28,2047

12.5

Apr.09,2047

Apr.10,2047

March 18,2048

21915

742

34.1

Mar.15,2048 @ 01:43:25.9

plus 18

Mar.16,2048

Mar.17,2048

Mar.29,2048

Mar.30,2048

Mar.29,2048

19*

March 18,2049

19358

22280

754

59.8

Apr.02,2049 @ 23:16:03.0

plus 18

Apr.03,2049

Apr.04,2049

March 18,2050

22645

766

25.4

Mar.23,2050 @ 08:04:37.4

plus 18

Mar.24,2050

Mar.25,2050

Apr.06,2050

Apr.07,2050

Apr.06,2050

March 18,2051

23010

779

48.1

Mar.12,2051 @ 16:53:11.9

plus 18

Mar.13,2051

Mar.14,2051

12.5

Mar.26,2051

Mar.27,2051

March 18,2052

23376

791

13.8

Mar.30,2052 @ 14:25:49.0

plus 18

Mar.31,2052

Apr.01,2052

Apr.13,2052

Apr.14,2052

March 18,2053

23741

803

39.4

Mar.19,2053 @ 23:14:23.4

plus 18

Mar.20,2053

Mar.21,2053

9.5

Apr.02,2053

Apr.03,2053

18 19

5* 6

March 18,2054 March 18,2055

24106 24471

816 828

9 19

0 16

57 8

2.1 27.7

Mar.09,2054 @ 08:02:57.0 Mar.28,2055 @ 05:35:35.1

plus 18 plus 18

Mar.10,2054 Mar.29,2055

Mar.11,2054 Mar.30,2055

17 18.5

Mar.23,2054 Apr.11,2055

Mar.24,2054 Apr.12,2055

Mar.23,2054 Apr.11,2055

Legend:

Day passed / 29.530588715 = Lunar Mo. minus Lunar Mo. X 29.530588715 = Days minus Days X 24 = Hours minus Hours X 60 = Minutes minus minutes X 60 = seconds

= Plus 13th Lunar Mo. = Sabbathical Year

= Jubilee Year

Note:

Apr.17,2049

Apr.15,2041

Computation Formula:

Apr.16,2049

Apr.16,2041

From solar eclipse at 09:00:00 (Philippine Local Time) on Mar.18,1988 to Mar.18,xxxx = Days passed

9.5

Apr.15,2041

First day Start on sunset of previous day Calendar Based on Vernal Equinox Hillel II metonic 19 years cycle calendar on 359 A.D.

Notes on Philippines and U.S.A. Feast days When the Conjunction in Philippines is from 00:00:01 a.m.or one second passed midnight

vernal equinox where the day and the night time length

until one second before noon time (11:59:59 a.m.) the Feast in U.S.A. is EARLIER in one Day.

offered after Passover, in Feast of Unleavened Bread after Sabbath Day on that day of 'Wave-sheaf offering'.

Mar.18 @ 09:00:00 minus Days : Hours : Minutes : Seconds equals Conjunction Date and Time (The 13th month 29.530588715 days is added if the 14th day Passover Day falls on before March 18).

is based only on calculations but not by observation of is the same, in which affect the growth of 'barley' to be

Vernal Equinox day & night length is same on March 18. According to Flavius Josephus Antiquities of The Jews

Conjunction Date and Time plus 18 hrs equals New Moon Visible on the coming sunset.

that 'Passover Day' never held before 'Vernal Equinox'.

New Moon visible on sunset start the First day until tomorrow sunset time.

The First Month is Abib corresponds to month of March.

Total numbers of Hours from Conjunction Time until time of sunset to view New Moon divide by two (2) equals Degrees at sunset

Halul Island, Qatar July 03,2004 Sabbath Day

March is first, therefore the seventh (7th) is September Septe is Seven, Octo is Eight, Nove is nine, Dece is Ten.

Apr.17,2049

YAHWEH CALENDER 2010 23rd OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 4 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 24 25 26 27 28 29 6 31 13.5 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 15 1 2 16 4 5 6 7 8 9 17 11 12 13 14 15 16 18 18 19 20 21 22 23 19 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

16 degrees MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 19 20 2 3 4 5 6 7 21 9 10 11 12 13 14 22 16 17 18 19 20 21 23 23 24 25 26 27 28 24 30 31 12 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 33 1 2 3 4 5 6 34 8 9 10 11 12 13 35 15 16 17 18 19 20 36 22 23 24 25 26 27 37 29 30 31 31

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

16.5 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 47 1 2 3 4 5 48 7 8 9 10 11 12 49 14 15 16 17 18 19 50 21 22 23 24 25 26 51 28 29 30

SAB 3 10 17 24

18.5 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 29 1 2 30 4 5 6 7 8 9 31 11 12 13 14 15 16 32 18 19 20 21 22 23 33 25 26 27 28 29 30 11 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 42 1 43 3 4 5 6 7 8 44 10 11 12 13 14 15 45 17 18 19 20 21 22 46 24 25 26 27 28 29 47 31 16 degrees Passover

- 18th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 6 1 2 3 4 5 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 9 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 28

F.U.B

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

SAB 7 14 21 28

SAB 6 13 20 27

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 10 1 2 3 4 5 11 7 8 9 10 11 12 12 14 15 16 17 18 19 13 21 22 23 24 25 26 14 28 29 30 31 12.5 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 24 1 2 3 4 25 6 7 8 9 10 11 26 13 14 15 16 17 18 27 20 21 22 23 24 25 28 27 28 29 30 17.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 37 1 2 3 38 5 6 7 8 9 10 39 12 13 14 15 16 17 40 19 20 21 22 23 24 41 26 27 28 29 30 10.5 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 51 1 2 3 52 5 6 7 8 9 10 53 12 13 14 15 16 17 54 19 20 21 22 23 24 55 26 27 28 29 30 31

10 degrees w.s.offering

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 5 12 19 26

SAB 4 11 18 25

15.5 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 16, 2010

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 16, 2010 @ 12.5 degrees sunset of August 11, 2010 @ 16.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

March 29, 2010 to sunset March 30, 2010 FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 15, 2010 @ 18.5 degrees sunset of September 09, 2010 @ 10.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of March 30, 2010 until sunset of April 06, 2010

March 30, 2010 Passover day Mar.31-Apr.06, 2010 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 14, 2010 @ 12 degrees

sunset of October 09, 2010 @ 16.0 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of April 04, 2010 until sunset of April 04, 2010

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 13, 2010 @ 17.5 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 12, 2010 @ 11.0 degrees sunset of November 07, 2010 @ 10 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

Start on sunset of May 22, 2010 until sunset of May 23, 2010 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of

sunset of December 07, 2010 @ 15.5 degrees

Sept. 09 to sunset of Sept. 10, 2010 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Sabbathical Year

sunset of Sept. 18 until sunset of

April 04, 2010 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 23, 2010 Pentecost Day September 10, 2010 Feast of Trumpets September 19, 2010 Atonement Day

Sept. 19, 2010 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 17, 2010 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 15, 2010 @ 19 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 23 until sunset of Sept.30, 2010 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 30 until sunset of Oct. 01, 2010

September 24-30, 2010 Feast of Tabernacles October 01, 2010 Last Great Day

LGD

YAHWEH CALENDER 2011 24th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 2 2 3 4 5 6 7 3 9 10 11 12 13 14 4 16 17 18 19 20 21 5 23 24 25 26 27 28 6 30 31 9 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 15 1 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 24 25 26 27 28 29

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

- 19th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 6 1 2 3 4 7 6 7 8 9 10 11 8 13 14 15 16 17 18 9 20 21 22 23 24 25 10 27 28

SAB 5 12 19 26

14.5 degrees SAB 2 9 16 23 30

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 10 1 2 3 4 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 14 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 5 12 19 26

20.5 degrees

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 8 9 10 11 12 13 21 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 23 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 23 1 2 3 24 5 6 7 8 9 10 25 12 13 14 15 16 17 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 26 27 28 29 30

19.5 degrees 13 degrees JULY AUGUST SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 28 1 2 33 1 2 3 4 5 6 37 1 2 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 34 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 38 4 5 6 7 8 9 30 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 35 14 15 16 17 18 19 20 39 11 12 13 14 15 16 31 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 36 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 40 18 19 20 21 22 23 32 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 37 28 29 30 31 41 25 26 27 28 29 30 33 31 19 degrees 12.5 degrees 18 degrees 12 degrees OCTOBER NOVEMBER DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 42 1 47 1 2 3 4 5 51 2 43 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 48 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 52 4 5 6 7 8 9 44 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 49 13 14 15 16 17 18 19 53 11 12 13 14 15 16 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 50 20 21 22 23 24 25 26 54 18 19 20 21 22 23 46 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 51 27 28 29 30 55 25 26 27 28 29 30 47 30 31 17.5 degrees 11 degrees 16.5 degrees

SAB 4 11 18 25

14 degrees

Passover

F.U.B

w.s.offering

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

SAB 3 10 17 24

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF APRIL 04, 2011

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 06, 2011 @ 20.5 degrees sunset of August 30, 2011 @ 18 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

April 17, 2011 to sunset April 18, 2011

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 04, 2011 @ 14.0 degrees sunset of September 28, 2011 @ 12.0 degrees Start on sunset of April 18, 2011 until sunset of April 25, 2011 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of May 04, 2011 @ 19.5 degrees

sunset of October 28, 2011 @ 17.5 degrees

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 02, 2011 @ 13.0 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY

Start on sunset of April 23, 2011 until sunset of April 24, 2011

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 02, 2011 @ 19.0 degrees sunset of November 26, 2011 @ 11 degrees

Start on sunset of June 11, 2011 until sunset of June 12, 2011

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of

sunset of July 31,2011 @ 12.5 degrees sunset of December 26, 2011 @ 16.5 degrees

Sept.28, 2011 to sunset of Sept.29, 2011 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Oct. 07 until sunset of

April 18, 2011 Passover day Apr.19-April 25, 2011 Feast of U-Bread April 24, 2011 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

June 12, 2011 Pentecost Day September 29, 2011 Feast of Trumpets October 08, 2011 Atonement Day

Oct. 08, 2011 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 05, 2011 @ 9 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 04, 2011 @ 14.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Oct. 12 until sunset of Oct.19, 2011 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Oct. 19 until sunset of Oct. 20, 2011

October 13-19, 2011 Feast of Tabernacles October 20, 2011 Last Great Day

LGD

YAHWEH CALENDER 2012 25th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 2 8 9 10 11 12 13 3 15 16 17 18 19 20 4 22 23 24 25 26 27 5 29 30 31 10 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 4 5 6 15 8 9 10 11 12 13 16 15 16 17 18 19 20 17 22 23 24 25 26 27 18 29 30 15.0 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 27 1 2 3 4 5 6 28 8 9 10 11 12 13 29 15 16 17 18 19 20 30 22 23 24 25 26 27 31 29 30 31 20 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 40 1 2 3 4 5 41 7 8 9 10 11 12 42 14 15 16 17 18 19 43 21 22 23 24 25 26 44 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

15.5 degrees MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 2 3 4 19 6 7 8 9 10 11 20 13 14 15 16 17 18 21 20 21 22 23 24 25 22 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

20.5 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 31 1 2 3 32 5 6 7 8 9 10 33 12 13 14 15 16 17 34 19 20 21 22 23 24 35 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

SAB 6 13 20 27

- 1st YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 5 1 2 3 6 5 6 7 8 9 10 7 12 13 14 15 16 17 8 19 20 21 22 23 24 9 26 27 28 29

13.5.0 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 44 1 2 45 4 5 6 7 8 9 46 11 12 13 14 15 16 47 18 19 20 21 22 23 48 25 26 27 28 29 30

18.5 degrees

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 5 12 19 26

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 3 10 17 24

12 degrees

Passover

F.U.B

w.s.offering

Pentecost

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 1 2 10 4 5 6 7 8 9 11 11 12 13 14 15 16 12 18 19 20 21 22 23 13 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

9.5 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 22 1 23 3 4 5 6 7 8 24 10 11 12 13 14 15 25 17 18 19 20 21 22 26 24 25 26 27 28 29

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

14.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 35 36 2 3 4 5 6 7 37 9 10 11 12 13 14 38 16 17 18 19 20 21 39 23 24 25 26 27 28 40 30 19.5 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 48 49 2 3 4 5 6 7 50 9 10 11 12 13 14 51 16 17 18 19 20 21 52 23 24 25 26 27 28 53 30 31 18.0 degrees

Trumpets

Atonement

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 23, 2012

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 23, 2012 @ 9.5 degrees sunset of August 18, 2012 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

April 05, 2012 to sunset April 06, 2012

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 22, 2012 @ 15.0 degrees sunset of September 17, 2012 @ 19.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of April 06, 2012 until sunset of April 13, 2012

April 06, 2012 Passover day Apr. 07-Apr.13, 2012 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 22, 2012 @ 20.5 degrees

sunset of October 17, 2012 @ 18.5 degrees

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 20, 2012 @ 14.5 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY

Start on sunset of April 07, 2012 until sunset of April 08, 2012

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 20, 2012 @ 20.0 degrees sunset of November 15, 2012 @ 12 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 15, 2012 @ 18 degrees

Start on sunset of May 26, 2012 until sunset of May 27, 2012 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 17 to sunset of Sept. 18, 2012 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Sept. 26 until sunset of

April 08, 2012 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 27, 2012 Pentecost Day September 18, 2012 Feast of Trumpets September 27, 2012 Atonement Day

Sept. 27, 2012 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 24, 2012 @ 10 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 23, 2012 @ 15.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Oct. 01 until sunset of Oct. 08, 2012 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Oct. 08 until sunset of Oct. 09, 2012

October 02-08, 2012 Feast of Tabernacles October 09, 2012 Last Great Day

LGD

YAHWEH CALENDER 2013 26th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 2 6 7 8 9 10 11 3 13 14 15 16 17 18 4 20 21 22 23 24 25 5 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 5 12 19 26

18 degrees

- 2nd YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB 5 1 2 6 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 7 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 8 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 9 24 25 26 27 28

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 1 10 3 4 5 6 7 8 11 10 11 12 13 14 15 12 17 18 19 20 21 22 13 24 25 26 27 28 29 14 31 17 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 22 23 2 3 4 5 6 7 24 9 10 11 12 13 14 25 16 17 18 19 20 21 26 23 24 25 26 27 28 27 30 10 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 35 1 2 3 4 5 6 36 8 9 10 11 12 13 37 15 16 17 18 19 20 38 22 23 24 25 26 27 39 29 30

11.5 degrees

APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 4 5 15 7 8 9 10 11 12 16 14 15 16 17 18 19 17 21 22 23 24 25 26 18 28 29 30 11 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 27 1 2 3 4 5 28 7 8 9 10 11 12 29 14 15 16 17 18 19 30 21 22 23 24 25 26 31 28 29 30 31 15.5 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 40 1 2 3 4 41 6 7 8 9 10 11 42 13 14 15 16 17 18 43 20 21 22 23 24 25 44 27 28 29 30 31

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 2 3 19 5 6 7 8 9 10 20 12 13 14 15 16 17 21 19 20 21 22 23 24 22 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 4 11 18 25

16.5 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 31 1 2 32 4 5 6 7 8 9 33 11 12 13 14 15 16 34 18 19 20 21 22 23 35 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

20.5 degrees

14 degrees

Passover

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

SAB 7 14 21 28

9.5 degrees SAB 5 12 19 26

15 degrees NOVEMBER DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 44 1 2 48 1 2 3 4 5 6 45 3 4 5 6 7 8 9 49 8 9 10 11 12 13 46 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 50 15 16 17 18 19 20 47 17 18 19 20 21 22 23 51 22 23 24 25 26 27 48 24 25 26 27 28 29 30 52 29 30 31

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

F.U.B

w.s.offering

SAB 7 14 21 28

20.0 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 13, 2013

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 13, 2013 @ 17 degrees sunset of August 07, 2013 @ 9.5 degrees

March 26, 2013 to sunset March 27, 2013

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of April 11, 2013 @ 11 degrees sunset of September 06, 2013 @ 15 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of March 27, 2013 until sunset of April 03, 2013

March 27, 2013 Passover day Mar.28-Apr.03, 2013 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 11, 2013 @ 16.5degrees

sunset of October 06, 2013 @ 20.5 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY

Start on sunset of March 30, 2013 until sunset of March 31, 2013

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 09, 2013 @ 10 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 09, 2013 @ 15.5 degrees sunset of November 04, 2013 @ 14 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 04, 2013 @ 20 degrees

Start on sunset of May 18, 2013 until sunset of May 19, 2013 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 06 to sunset of Sept. 07, 2013 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Sept. 15 until sunset of

March 31, 2013 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 19, 2013 Pentecost Day September 07, 2013 Feast of Trumpets September 16, 2013 Atonement Day

Sept. 16, 2013 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 13, 2013 @ 18 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 11, 2013 @ 11.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 20 until sunset of Sept.27, 2013 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 27 until sunset of Sept. 28, 2013

September 21-27, 2013 Feast of Tabernacles September 28, 2013 Last Great Day

LGD

YAHWEH CALENDER 2014 27th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 2 5 6 7 8 9 10 3 12 13 14 15 16 17 4 19 20 21 22 23 24 5 26 27 28 29 30 31 13.5 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 4 15 6 7 8 9 10 11 16 13 14 15 16 17 18 17 20 21 22 23 24 25 18 27 28 29 30 18 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 27 1 2 3 4 28 6 7 8 9 10 11 29 13 14 15 16 17 18 30 20 21 22 23 24 25 31 27 28 29 30 31 17 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 41 1 2 3 42 5 6 7 8 9 10 43 12 13 14 15 16 17 44 19 20 21 22 23 24 45 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAT 4 11 18 25

SAT 3 10 17 24 31

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 10 2 3 4 5 6 7 11 9 10 11 12 13 14 12 16 17 18 19 20 21 13 23 24 25 26 27 28 14 30 31 13 degrees JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 22 1 2 3 4 5 6 23 8 9 10 11 12 13 24 15 16 17 18 19 20 25 22 23 24 25 26 27 26 29 30

SAT 2 9 16 23 30

11.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 36 1 2 3 4 5 37 7 8 9 10 11 12 38 14 15 16 17 18 19 39 21 22 23 24 25 26 40 28 29 30

SAT 1 8 15 22 29

16 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 50 1 2 3 4 5 51 7 8 9 10 11 12 52 14 15 16 17 18 19 53 21 22 23 24 25 26 54 28 29 30 31

19 degrees SAT 5 12 19 26

SAT 5 12 19 26

SAT 4 11 18 25

10 degrees Passover

- 3rd YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAT 5 1 6 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 7 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 8 16 17 18 19 20 21 22 9 23 24 25 26 27 28

F.U.B

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 2 19 4 5 6 7 8 9 20 11 12 13 14 15 16 21 18 19 20 21 22 23 22 25 26 27 28 29 30 12 degrees 17.5 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 31 1 32 3 4 5 6 7 8 33 10 11 12 13 14 15 34 17 18 19 20 21 22 35 24 25 26 27 28 29 36 31 10.5 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 45 46 2 3 4 5 6 7 47 9 10 11 12 13 14 48 16 17 18 19 20 21 49 23 24 25 26 27 28 50 30 15.5 degrees w.s.offering

Pentecost

SAT 1 8 15 22 29

SAT 7 14 21 28

SAT 6 13 20 27

9 degrees

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF APRIL 01, 2014

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of April 01, 2014 @ 18 degrees sunset of August 26, 2014 @ 10.5 degrees

April 14, 2014 to sunset April 15, 2014

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of April 30, 2014 @ 12 degrees sunset of September 25, 2014 @ 16 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of April 15, 2014 until sunset of April 23, 2014

April 15, 2014 Passover day Apr.16-Apr.23, 2014 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 30, 2014 @ 17.5 degrees

sunset of October 24, 2014 @ 10 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of April 19, 2014 until sunset of April 20, 2014

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 28, 2014 @ 11.5 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 28, 2014 @ 17 degrees sunset of November 23, 2014 @ 15.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 22, 2014 @ 9 degrees

Start on sunset of June 07, 2014 until sunset of June 08, 2014 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 25 to sunset of Sept. 26, 2014 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Oct. 04 until sunset of

April 20, 2014 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

June 08, 2014 Pentecost Day September 26, 2014 Feast of Trumpets October 05, 2014 Atonement Day

Oct. 05, 2014 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 02, 2014 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 01, 2014 @ 19 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start sunset Oct.09- until sunset of Oct. 16, 2014

on sunset of March 02, 2014 @ 13 degrees by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sunset Oct. 16 until sunset of Oct. 17, 2014

October 10-16, 2014 Feast of Tabernacles October 17, 2014 Last Great Day

LGD

YAHWEH CALENDER 2015 28th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 2 4 5 6 7 8 9 3 11 12 13 14 15 16 4 18 19 20 21 22 23 5 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

14.5 degrees

SABBATHICAL YEAR

- 4th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 5 1 2 3 4 5 6 6 8 9 10 11 12 13 7 15 16 17 18 19 20 8 22 23 24 25 26 27 9

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 9 1 2 3 4 5 6 10 8 9 10 11 12 13 11 15 16 17 18 19 20 12 22 23 24 25 26 27 13 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

20.5 degrees

APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 14 1 2 3 15 5 6 7 8 9 10 16 12 13 14 15 16 17 17 19 20 21 22 23 24 18 26 27 28 29 30 19.5 degrees JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 28 1 2 3 29 5 6 7 8 9 10 30 12 13 14 15 16 17 31 19 20 21 22 23 24 32 26 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 4 11 18 25

12.5 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI SAB 42 1 2 3 43 4 5 6 7 8 9 10 44 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 45 18 19 20 21 22 23 24 46 25 26 27 28 29 30 31

14 degrees

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 18 1 19 3 4 5 6 7 8 20 10 11 12 13 14 15 21 17 18 19 20 21 22 22 24 25 26 27 28 29 23 31 13 degrees AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 32 33 2 3 4 5 6 7 34 9 10 11 12 13 14 35 16 17 18 19 20 21 36 23 24 25 26 27 28 37 30 31 18 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 46 1 2 3 4 5 6 47 8 9 10 11 12 13 48 15 16 17 18 19 20 49 22 23 24 25 26 27 50 29 30

17.5 degrees

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 23 1 2 3 4 5 24 7 8 9 10 11 12 25 14 15 16 17 18 19 26 21 22 23 24 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

19 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 37 1 2 3 4 38 6 7 8 9 10 11 39 13 14 15 16 17 18 40 20 21 22 23 24 25 41 27 28 29 30

F.U.B

w.s.offering

SAB 6 13 20 27

SAB 5 12 19 26

12 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 50 1 2 3 4 51 6 7 8 9 10 11 52 13 14 15 16 17 18 53 20 21 22 23 24 25 54 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 7 14 21 28

11 degrees

Passover

SAB 7 14 21 28

SAB 5 12 19 26

17 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 21, 2015

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 21, 2015 @ 14 degrees sunset of August 16, 2015 @ 18 degrees

April 03, 2015 to sunset April 04, 2015

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of April 20, 2015 @ 19.5 degrees sunset of September 14, 2015 @ 12 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

Start on sunset of April 04, 2015 until sunset of April 11, 2015

April 04, 2015 Passover day Apr.05-Apr.11, 2015 Feast of U-Bread

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 19, 2015 @ 13 degrees

sunset of October 14, 2015 @ 17.5 degrees

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of April 04, 2015 until sunset of April 05, 2015

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 18, 2015 @ 19 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 17, 2015 @ 12.5 degrees sunset of November 12, 2015 @ 11 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 12, 2015 @ 17 degrees

Start on sunset of May 23, 2015 until sunset of May 24, 2015 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 14 to sunset of Sept. 15, 2015 ATONEMENT DAY Start on

New Moon on the Previous Year

sunset of Sept. 23 until sunset of

April 05, 2015 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 24, 2015 Pentecost Day September 15, 2015 Feast of Trumpets September 24, 2015 Atonement Day

Sept. 24, 2015 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 21, 2015 @ 14.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 20, 2015 @ 20.5 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 28 until sunset of Oct.05, 2015 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Oct. 05 until sunset of Oct. 06, 2015

Sept. 29-Oct. 05, 2015 Feast of Tabernacles October 06, 2015 Last Great Day

LGD

YAHWEH CALENDER 2016 29th OF 49TH YEAR CYCLE CALENDAR -

JANUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 1 1 2 3 4 5 6 7 8 3 10 11 12 13 14 15 4 17 18 19 20 21 22 5 24 25 26 27 28 29 6 31 10.5 degrees APRIL WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 15 1 16 3 4 5 6 7 8 17 10 11 12 13 14 15 18 17 18 19 20 21 22 19 24 25 26 27 28 29

- 5th YEAR OF METONIC 19TH YEAR CALENDAR

FEBRUARY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 6 1 2 3 4 5 7 7 8 9 10 11 12 8 14 15 16 17 18 19 9 21 22 23 24 25 26 10 28 29

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

16 degrees

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

AUGUST WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 33 1 2 3 4 5 34 7 8 9 10 11 12 35 14 15 16 17 18 19 36 21 22 23 24 25 26 37 28 29 30 31

SAB 1 8 15 22 29

13.5 degrees NOVEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 47 1 2 3 4 48 6 7 8 9 10 11 49 13 14 15 16 17 18 50 20 21 22 23 24 25 51 27 28 29 30

JUNE WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 23 1 2 3 24 5 6 7 8 9 10 25 12 13 14 15 16 17 26 19 20 21 22 23 24 27 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 7 14 21 28

9.0 degrees

JULY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 28 1 29 3 4 5 6 7 8 30 10 11 12 13 14 15 31 17 18 19 20 21 22 32 24 25 26 27 28 29 33 31 20 degrees OCTOBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 42 43 2 3 4 5 6 7 44 9 10 11 12 13 14 45 16 17 18 19 20 21 46 23 24 25 26 27 28 47 30 31 13 degrees

SAB 6 13 20 27

14.5 degrees SEPTEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 37 1 2 38 4 5 6 7 8 9 39 11 12 13 14 15 16 40 18 19 20 21 22 23 41 25 26 27 28 29 30

SAB 5 12 19 26

19.5 degrees DECEMBER WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 51 1 2 52 4 5 6 7 8 9 53 11 12 13 14 15 16 54 18 19 20 21 22 23 55 25 26 27 28 29 30

18.5 degrees

F.U.B

w.s.offering

SAB 5 12 19 26

9.5 degrees

MAY WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 19 1 2 3 4 5 6 20 8 9 10 11 12 13 21 15 16 17 18 19 20 22 22 23 24 25 26 27 23 29 30 31

SAB 2 9 16 23 30

15 degrees

Passover

MARCH WK SUNMONTUEWEDTHU FRI 10 1 2 3 4 11 6 7 8 9 10 11 12 13 14 15 16 17 18 13 20 21 22 23 24 25 14 27 28 29 30 31

SAB 6 13 20 27

12.5 degrees

Pentecost

Trumpets

Atonement

SAB 4 11 18 25

SAB 3 10 17 24

SAB 3 10 17 24 31

18 degrees Tabernacles

New Moon NEW YEAR START ON SUNSET OF MARCH 09, 2016

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

APPOINTED FEAST OF YAHWEH IN THE PHILIPPINE SOIL

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

PASSOVER DAY Start on sunset of

on sunset of March 09, 2016 @ 9.5 degrees sunset of August 04, 2016 @ 13.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

March 22, 2016 to sunset March 23, 2016

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

FEAST OF UNLEAVENED BREAD

on sunset of April 08, 2016 @ 15 degrees sunset of September 03, 2016 @ 19.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

on sunset of May 07, 2016 @ 9 degrees

sunset of October 02, 2016 @ 13 degrees

Start on sunset of March 23, 2016 until sunset of March 30, 2016

WAVE-SHEAF OFFERING DAY Start on sunset of March 26, 2016 until sunset of March 27, 2016

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of June 06, 2016 @ 14.5 degrees

PENTECOST DAY New Moon Visible in Philippine shore New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on on sunset of July 06, 2010 @ 20 degrees sunset of November 01, 2010 @ 18.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on

Start on sunset of May 14, 2016 until sunset of May 15, 2016 TRUMPETS DAY Start on sunset of

sunset of November 30, 2016 @ 12.5 degrees

Sept. 03 to sunset of Sept. 04, 2016

March 23, 2016 Passover day Mar.24-Mar.30, 2016 Feast of U-Bread April 27, 2016 Wave-Sheaf-Offering Day

May 15, 2016 Pentecost Day September 04, 2016 Feast of Trumpets

New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of December 30, 2016 @18 degrees

New Moon on the Previous Year

ATONEMENT DAY Start on sunset of Sept. 12 until sunset of

September 13, 2016 Atonement Day

Sept. 13, 2016 New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of January 10, 2016 @ 10.5 degrees New Moon Visible in Philippine shore on sunset of February 09, 2016 @ 16 degrees

FEAST OF TABERNACLES Start on sunset of Sept. 17 until sunset of Sept.24, 2016 LAST GREAT DAY Start on sunset of

by PILLAR March 17,2001 @Halul Island, Qatar

Sept. 24 until sunset of Sept. 25, 2016

September 18-24, 2016 Feast of Tabernacles September 25, 2016 Last Great Day

LGD